[opensuse-translation-commit] r96802 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-13 13:58:29 +0200 (Tue, 13 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96802 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/add-on-creator.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -1226,21 +1226,32 @@ #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Opprettar tillegget</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Opprettar tillegget</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Lagrar tilleggsproduktoppsett<br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p>Lagrar tilleggsproduktoppsett<br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 @@ -2276,8 +2287,12 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 #, fuzzy -msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n" -msgstr "<b>Vent medan data vert for generert tilleggsprodukt</b><br>\n" +msgid "" +"<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<b>Vent medan data vert for generert tilleggsprodukt</b><br>" +"\n" #. error report #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/audit-laf.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -565,55 +565,75 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer LAF-oppsett (Linux Audit Framework)</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer LAF-oppsett (Linux Audit Framework)</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar auditd-oppsett og regler</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar auditd-oppsett og regler</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" "Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Loggfiloppsett for auditd</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Loggfiloppsett for auditd</big></b><br>" +"\n" "audit-nissen er den komponenten i overvåkingssystemet om lagrar alle relevante audit-hendingar i loggfilen <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (standard).\n" "Handlingar kan genererast av <i>apparmor</i>-kjernemodulen, frå program som brukar <i>libaudit</i> (t.d. PAM) eller utløysast av regler (t.d. filovervåking).</p>" @@ -643,11 +663,13 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" "sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" -"data sent to the dispatcher).</p> " +"data sent to the dispatcher).</p>" +" " msgstr "" "<p><b>Format</b>: Vel <i>RAW</i> for å logga alle data (lagra i nøyaktig same format som dei kjernen\n" "sender dei) eller <i>NOLOG</i> for å forkasta all audit-informasjon i staden for å lager han på disken (påverkar\n" -"ikkje data som vert send til sendaren).</p> " +"ikkje data som vert send til sendaren).</p>" +" " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 @@ -668,7 +690,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" -"value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n" +"value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje maksimal loggfilstørrelse (i megabyte) og handlinga som skal utførast når dette\n" "verdet er nått, under <b>Storleik og handling</b>.</p>" @@ -681,7 +704,8 @@ "of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" "to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n" -"to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n" +"to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "Viss handlinga <i>ROTATE</i> er vald, angjev <b>Mengd loggfiler</b> kor mange loggfiler\n" "som skal haldast på. <i>SYSLOG</i> tyder: audit-nissen vil lagra ein advarsel i /var/log/messages,\n" @@ -696,7 +720,8 @@ "log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n" "used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n" "name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n" -"domain name.</p>\n" +"domain name.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Format for datamaskinnavn</b> skildrar korleis datamaskinnavnet skal lagrast i loggfilen.\n" "Viss <i>USER</i> er valt, vil <b>Brukerdefinert namn</b> nyttast. <i>NONE</i> tyder: datamaskinnavn vert\n" @@ -707,11 +732,13 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf').</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppsett av auditd-sender</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppsett av auditd-sender</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Du finn detaljert informasjon om senderinnstillinger på manualsiden\n" "'auditd.conf'.</p>" @@ -754,7 +781,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" -" file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" +" file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Hugs:</b> Senderprogrammet må vera eid av 'root', ha '0750'\n" "som filrettigheter, og heile stigen på angjevast.</p>" @@ -763,13 +791,17 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" -"For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n" +"For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppset av diskplass for auditd</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppset av diskplass for auditd</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Desse innstillingane gjeld diskplassen på loggpartisjonen.\n" -"Du finn detaljert informasjon om innstillingar på manualsiden 'auditd.conf'</p>\n" +"Du finn detaljert informasjon om innstillingar på manualsiden 'auditd.conf'</p>" +"\n" #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 @@ -796,15 +828,18 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" +"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br>" +" <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" "disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n" "do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n" "Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n" "switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n" -"system.</p>\n" +"system.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss <i>EMAIL</i> er vald for ei handling, vil ei e-postmelding sendast til til kontoen som er angjeven under\n" -"<b>E-postkonto for varsling</b>.<br>\n" +"<b>E-postkonto for varsling</b>.<br>" +"\n" " <i>SYSLOG</i> tyder: advarsel om lite ledig plass på disken vil vert lagra i /var/log/messages, <i>IGNORE</i>:\n" "ikkje gjer noko, <i>EXEC</i>: køyr skriptet frå <b>Filsti til skript</b>, <i>SUSPEND</i>: slutt å lagra\n" "oppføringer på disken, <i>SINGLA</i>: sett datamaskina i enkeltbrukermodus, <i>HALT</i>: slå av\n" @@ -827,7 +862,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Hugs:</b> Alle skript som er definerte for <i>EXEC</i> må eigast\n" "av 'root', ha '0750' som filrettigheter og heile filstien må angjevast.</p>" @@ -836,12 +872,14 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>" +"\n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" "The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Regler for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Regler for auditctl</big></b><br>" +"\n" "I denne dialogen kan du aktivera eller deaktivere systemkommandoen\n" "for overvåking og låsa audit-oppsettet.\n" "Statusen under <b>Definer aktivert-status</b> vert lagd til reglene.</p>" @@ -849,48 +887,64 @@ #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Merk</b><br>Låsing av reglene tyder at dei ikkje kan låsast før maskina startast på nytt! </p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Note:</b><br>" +"Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Merk</b><br>" +"Låsing av reglene tyder at dei ikkje kan låsast før maskina startast på nytt! </p>" #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " +" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p>" +" " msgstr "" "<p>Å aktivera overvåking utan tilleggsregler vil føra til at\n" -" program som brukar <i>libaudit</i>, t.d. PAM, vil lagra informasjon i /var/log/audit/audit.log (standard).</p> " +" program som brukar <i>libaudit</i>, t.d. PAM, vil lagra informasjon i /var/log/audit/audit.log (standard).</p>" +" " #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n" -"For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" +"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>" +"\n" +"For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p>I denne dialogen kan du òg redigera regler manuelt, noko som berre vert rådt til for avanserte brukarar.<br>\n" +"<p>I denne dialogen kan du òg redigera regler manuelt, noko som berre vert rådt til for avanserte brukarar.<br>" +"\n" "Du finn detaljert informasjon om vala på manualsiden 'auditctl'.</p>" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br>" +"<b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kontrollar syntaks</b> sender reglene vigd <i>auditctl</i> til audit-systemet og viser\n" -" om syntaksen er korrekt.<br><b>Gjenopprett</b> gjenoppretter innstillingane frå /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>" +" om syntaksen er korrekt.<br>" +"<b>Gjenopprett</b> gjenoppretter innstillingane frå /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>" #. rules dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\n" -"the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" +"the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>" +"\n" "Click <b>Load</b> to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" -"an example rules file.</p>\n" +"an example rules file.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Bruk <b>Gjenopprett og tilbakestill</b> for å gjenopprette tidlegare regler og tilbakestille\n" -" endringar (sidan tidlegare syntakskontroller) vigde <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" +" endringar (sidan tidlegare syntakskontroller) vigde <i>auditctl</i>.<br>" +"\n" "<b>Last</b>-knappen opnar eit navigasjonsvindu der du kan lasta eit\n" "døme på ein regelfil.</p>" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/auth-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -293,8 +293,7 @@ msgstr "" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1818,8 +1817,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/autoinst.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -1707,8 +1707,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "Innstillingar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Vel katalog" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ca-management.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -160,8 +160,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password:" msgstr "&Passord:" @@ -246,8 +245,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 #, fuzzy msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Nye passord samsvarer ikkje." @@ -2569,8 +2567,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LDAP-p&assord:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 #, fuzzy msgid "Certificate &Password:" @@ -2628,32 +2625,27 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Sjå&rtifikat og nøkkel ukryptert i PEM-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "S&ertifikat og nøkkel kryptert i PEM-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 #, fuzzy msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "&Sertifikat i DER-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 #, fuzzy msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Ser&tifikat og nøkkel i PKCS12-format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 #, fuzzy msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "&Som PKCS12 og inkluder CA-kjeda" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 #, fuzzy msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Nytt passord" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/control-center.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 17:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/dns-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -356,8 +356,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -440,8 +439,7 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -529,8 +527,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/firewall-services.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:10+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ftp-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -1128,8 +1128,7 @@ #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 #, fuzzy msgid "Br&owse" msgstr "Bla gjenn&om" @@ -1493,45 +1492,63 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av FTP-servar</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon av FTP-servar</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for FTP-servar</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for FTP-servar</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1539,12 +1556,15 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>" +"\n" " The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Valt teneste</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Valt teneste</b><br>" +"\n" " Viser kva for ein nisse som er sett opp no: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " </b>. Du kan byta mellom dei to nissane dersom begge er installerte.\n" "</p>" @@ -1555,121 +1575,153 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Welcome Message</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Welcome Message</b><br>" +"\n" "Specify the name of a file containing the\n" "text to display when someone connects to the server.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Velkomstmelding</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Velkomstmelding</b><br>" +"\n" "Dette valet er namnet på ei fil som inneheld \n" "teksta som vert vist når nokon kobler til serveren.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. general chroot help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Chroot</b><br>" +"\n" "When enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \n" "chroot() jail in their home directory after login.\n" "<b>Warning:</b> This option has security implications, \n" "especially if users have upload permission\n" "or shell access. Only enable Chroot if you know what you are doing.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Chroot</b><br>" +"\n" "Viss dette er aktivert, vil lokale brukarar (som standard) plasserast i \n" "chroot()-varetekt i sin eigen hjemmekatalog når dei loggar inn.\n" "<b>Advarsel:</b> Dette valet påverkar tryggleiken, \n" "spesielt viss brukarane har opplastingsrettigheter \n" "eller tilgjenge til eit skal. Valet bør berre aktiverast viss du veit kva du gjer.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. general logging help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>" +"\n" "When enabled, all FTP requests and responses are logged.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Utvida logging</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Utvida logging</b><br>" +"\n" "Aktiverast for å logga alle ftp-førespurnader og -svar.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Umask</b><br>" +"\n" "File creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for dirs). \n" "177:077 if you feel paranoid.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Umask</b><br>" +"\n" "Maske for oppretting av filer. (umask for filar):(umask for katalogar). \n" "177:077 viss du er paranoid.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>" +"\n" "The value to which the umask for file creation is set for anonymous users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Umask for anonym:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Umask for anonym:</b><br>" +"\n" "Angje umask-verdet for oppretting av filer som vert definert for anonyme brukarar. \n" "Hugsar prefikset \"0\" viss du angjev oktalverdier. Viss ikkje, \n" "vil verdet vart handsama som eit basa 10-heiltal.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>" +"\n" "The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Umask for autoriserte brukarar:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Umask for autoriserte brukarar:</b><br>" +"\n" "Angje umask-verdet for oppretting av filer som vert definert for autentiserte brukarar. \n" "Hugsar prefikset \"0\" viss du vil angje oktalverdier. Viss ikkje,\n" "vil verdet handsamast som eit basa 10-heiltal.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>" +"\n" "Specify a directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \n" "Press <b>Browse</b> to select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>FTP-katalog for anonyme brukarar:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>FTP-katalog for anonyme brukarar:</b><br>" +"\n" "Du kan angje katalogen som vert brukt for anonyme ftp-brukarar. \n" "Trykk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja katalogen i det lokalet filsystemet.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>" +"\n" "Specify a directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \n" "Press <b>Browse</b> to select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>FTP-katalog for autentiserte brukarar:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>FTP-katalog for autentiserte brukarar:</b><br>" +"\n" "Du kan angje ein katalog som vert for brukt autentiserte FTP-brukarar. \n" "Trykk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja katalogen i det lokalet filsystemet.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1677,26 +1729,33 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Max Idle Time:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Max Idle Time:</b><br>" +"\n" "The maximum time (timeout) a remote client \n" "may wait between FTP commands.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Maks. inaktivitet:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Maks. inaktivitet:</b><br>" +"\n" "Den maksimale tida ein ekstern klient\n" "kan vera inaktiv mellom ftp-kommandoar.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. performance max clients per IP help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Max Clients for One IP:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Max Clients for One IP:</b><br>" +"\n" "The maximum number of clients allowed to connect\n" "from the same source internet address. \n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Maks. klientar for ein IP:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Maks. klientar for ein IP:</b><br>" +"\n" "Maksimalt mengd klientar som kan koble til samstundes \n" "frå same internettadresse. \n" "</p>" @@ -1705,12 +1764,15 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Max Clients:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Max Clients:</b><br>" +"\n" "The maximum number of clients allowed to connect. \n" "Any additional clients trying to connect will get an error message.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Maks. klientar:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Maks. klientar:</b><br>" +"\n" "Maksimalt mengd klientar som kan vera tilkoblet.\n" "Nye klientar ved maksimalt mengd, vil få ei feilmelding.\n" "</p>" @@ -1719,11 +1781,13 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>" +"\n" "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Lokal maksimumshastighet:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Lokal maksimumshastighet:</b><br>" +"\n" "Maksimal overføringshastighet for lokale autentiserte brukarar.\n" "</p>" @@ -1731,11 +1795,15 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\n" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>" +"\n" +"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Anonym maksimumsrate</b><br>\n" -"Maks overføringsrate for anonyme brukarar.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Anonym maksimumsrate</b><br>" +"\n" +"Maks overføringsrate for anonyme brukarar.</p>" +"\n" #. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1743,60 +1811,76 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>" +"\n" "<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" "<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" "<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aktivar/Deaktiver anonyme og lokale brukarar</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Aktivar/Deaktiver anonyme og lokale brukarar</b><br>" +"\n" "<b>Berre anonym</b> Viss dette er aktivert, vil berre anonym innlogging tillatast.\n" "<b>Berre autentiserte brukarar</b> Viss dette er aktivert, vil berre autentiserte brukarar tillatast.\n" "<b>Begge</b> Viss dette er aktivert, vil autentiserte og anonyme brukarar tillatast.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Enable Upload</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Enable Upload</b><br>" +"\n" "If enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow anonymous users \n" "to upload, enable <b>Anonymous Can Upload</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aktivar opplasting</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Aktivar opplasting</b><br>" +"\n" "Viss dette er aktivert, kan ftp-brukarar lasta opp. For anonyme brukarar må\n" "<b>Anonym kan lasta opp</b> veljast for å tillata opplasting.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>" +"\n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" "need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Anonym kan lasta opp</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Anonym kan lasta opp</b><br>" +"\n" "Viss dette er aktivert, kan anonyme brukarar lasta opp.\n" "<i>Berre vsftpd: </i>Viss du vil tillata anonyme brukarar å lasta opp, \n" "treng du ein eksisterande katalog utan skrivebeskyttelse i hjemmekatalogen etter innlogging.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>" +"\n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" "<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Anonyme brukarar kan oppretta katalogar</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Anonyme brukarar kan oppretta katalogar</b><br>" +"\n" "Tillat berre anonyme brukarar å oppretta katalogar <i>berre vsftpd</i>\n" -"Eksisterande katalog med opplastingstilgang vert trungen.</p>\n" +"Eksisterande katalog med opplastingstilgang vert trungen.</p>" +"\n" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1804,51 +1888,66 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>" +"\n" "If enabled, the FTP server will allow passive mode for connections. \n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aktiver passiv modus</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Aktiver passiv modus</b><br>" +"\n" "Viss dette er aktivert, tillèt ftp-serveren tilkobling i passiv modus. \n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Min Port for Passive Mode</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Min Port for Passive Mode</b><br>" +"\n" "Minimum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" "This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Min. port for passiv modus</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Min. port for passiv modus</b><br>" +"\n" "Minimumsverdi for portområde ved svar på passiv tilkobling.\n" "Dette vert nytta ved brannmurbeskyttelse. \n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Max Port for Pas. Mode</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Max Port for Pas. Mode</b><br>" +"\n" "Maximum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" " This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Maks. port for pas. modus</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Maks. port for pas. modus</b><br>" +"\n" "Maksimumsverdi for portområde ved svar på passiv tilkobling.\n" " Dette vert nytta ved brannmurbeskyttelse. \n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>" +"\n" "If enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aktivar SSL</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Aktivar SSL</b><br>" +"\n" "Viss dette er aktivert, vil SSL-tilkobling tillatast.\n" "</p>" @@ -1856,11 +1955,14 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>" +"\n" "If enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aktivar SSL v2</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Aktivar SSL v2</b><br>" +"\n" "Viss dette er aktivert, vil tilkobling med SSL- versjon 2 tillatast.\n" "</p>" @@ -1868,11 +1970,14 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>" +"\n" "If enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aktivar SSL v3</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Aktivar SSL v3</b><br>" +"\n" "Viss dette er aktivert, vil tilkobling med SSL- versjon 3 tillatast.\n" "</p>" @@ -1880,11 +1985,14 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>" +"\n" "If enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aktivar TLS</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Aktivar TLS</b><br>" +"\n" "Viss dette er aktivert, vil TLS-tilkobling tillatast.\n" "</p>" @@ -1892,26 +2000,33 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>" +"\n" "This option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \n" "use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>DSA-sertifikat for SSL-krypterte tilkoblinger</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>DSA-sertifikat for SSL-krypterte tilkoblinger</b><br>" +"\n" "Dette valet angjev plasseringa til DSA-sertifikatet som \n" "vert nytta for SSL-krypterte tilkoblinger. Trykk <b>Bla gjennom</b> for å velja ei fil.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data</b><br>" +"\n" "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n" "but not validated by a local admin.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Deaktiver nedlasting av uvaliderte data</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Deaktiver nedlasting av uvaliderte data</b><br>" +"\n" "Ikket tillat nedlasting av filer som er lasta opp, \n" "men ikkje validert, av ein lokal administrator\n" "</p>" @@ -1920,13 +2035,15 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>" +"\n" "<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" "<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Sikkerhetsinnstillinger</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Sikkerhetsinnstillinger</b><br>" +"\n" "<i>Deaktiver SSL/TLS</i> Deaktiver SSL/TLS-kryptering.\n" "<i>Tillat SSL og TLS</i> Tillat både tradisjonelle og krypterte økter.\n" "<i>Ikkje tillat tilkoblinger utan SSL/TLS</i> Ikkje tillat tilkoblinger som ikkje brukar SSL/TLS-sikkerhetsmekanismer. Dette gjeld òg anonyme økter.\n" @@ -1938,71 +2055,99 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Configure the FTP server.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Configure the FTP server.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppsett av FTP-servar</big></b><br>\n" -"Sett opp ftp-serveren her.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppsett av FTP-servar</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Sett opp ftp-serveren her.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Choose an FTP server from the list of detected FTP servers.\n" "If your FTP server was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" -"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein SLP-servar:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein SLP-servar:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Vel ein ftp-servar frå lista over registrerte ftp-servera. \n" "Viss din ftp-servar ikkje vart funnen, bruk <b>Annan (ikkje funnet)</b>. \n" -"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n" +"Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>" +"\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" -"the configuration opens.</p>\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, vert vist ein ny dialogboks der du kan\n" -"endra oppsettet.</p>\n" +"endra oppsettet.</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Obtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\n" -"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" +"edit their configurations.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversyn over FTP-serveroppsett</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oversyn over FTP-serveroppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte ftp-servera. Du kan òg\n" -"redigera oppsetta.<br></p>\n" +"redigera oppsetta.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\n" -"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a FTP server.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a FTP server.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein FTP-servar:</big></b><br>\n" -"Trykkar <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein ftp-servar.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein FTP-servar:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Trykkar <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein ftp-servar.</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Choose a FTP server to change or remove.\n" -"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Vel ein ftp-servar du vil endra eller sletta.\n" -"Trykk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>\n" +"Trykk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>" +"\n" #. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value #. that says if the service is started. @@ -2287,8 +2432,14 @@ #. anonymous dir #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>" -msgstr "<p><ul><i>FTP-nissen er ikkje sett opp</i></ul></p>" +msgid "" +"<p>" +"<ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul>" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>" +"<ul><i>FTP-nissen er ikkje sett opp</i></ul>" +"</p>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/geo-cluster.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -61,10 +61,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -134,8 +132,7 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" @@ -254,8 +251,7 @@ msgstr "" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/gtk.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -329,12 +329,32 @@ #~ msgstr "Vent …" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.</p><p>Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying <i>dependencies</i>. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "<h1>Føremål</h1><p>Med dette verktøyet kan du installera, fjerne og oppgradera program.</p><p>Programvare til &product; vert distribuert i form av pakker. Viss fleire program krev ein vert felt systemfil, vil denne systemfilen difor distribuerast som ein eiga pakke og installerast berre dersom det er naudsynt. Brukaren treng ikkje å bekymra seg om slike underliggande <i>avhengigheter</i>. På same måte kan det henda at innstikk og andre tillegg til eit program kan distribuerast som eigne pakker, slik at brukar kan installera dei dersom behovet oppstår.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>" +#~ "<p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.</p>" +#~ "<p>Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying <i>dependencies</i>. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<h1>Føremål</h1>" +#~ "<p>Med dette verktøyet kan du installera, fjerne og oppgradera program.</p>" +#~ "<p>Programvare til &product; vert distribuert i form av pakker. Viss fleire program krev ein vert felt systemfil, vil denne systemfilen difor distribuerast som ein eiga pakke og installerast berre dersom det er naudsynt. Brukaren treng ikkje å bekymra seg om slike underliggande <i>avhengigheter</i>. På same måte kan det henda at innstikk og andre tillegg til eit program kan distribuerast som eigne pakker, slik at brukar kan installera dei dersom behovet oppstår.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<p>Common suffixes for complementary packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "<p>Vanlege suffiks for tilleggspakker:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b> (innstikk): utvidar programmet med ekstra funksjonar.</li><li><b>-devel</b> (utvikling): verta for kravt programvareutvikling.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: feilsøkingssymboler for testing av programvare.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> eller andre språkkoder: oversettelsesfiler (språket ditt vil verta automatisk merkast for installasjon ved behov).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Common suffixes for complementary packages:</p>" +#~ "<ul>" +#~ "<li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li>" +#~ "</ul>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Vanlege suffiks for tilleggspakker:</p>" +#~ "<ul>" +#~ "<li><b>-plugin-</b> (innstikk): utvidar programmet med ekstra funksjonar.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-devel</b> (utvikling): verta for kravt programvareutvikling.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-debuginfo</b>: feilsøkingssymboler for testing av programvare.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> eller andre språkkoder: oversettelsesfiler (språket ditt vil verta automatisk merkast for installasjon ved behov).</li>" +#~ "</ul>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the <i>repositories</i> you have configured will be listed together. <i>Status</i> filters are available in the right-bottom box.</p>" @@ -349,44 +369,110 @@ #~ msgstr "<h1>Bruk</h1>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2><p>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a <i>status</i> filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.</p><p>The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The <b>Undo</b> option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.</p><p>Use the <b>Version</b> list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.</p><p>Press the <b>Apply</b> button when you want your changes to be performed.</p>" -#~ msgstr "<h2>Fanene Installer, Oppgrader, Fjern og Angre</h2><p>Alle pakker er oppførde saman viss du ikkje har valt ein <i>status</i>-filter i feltet nedst til høgre. Avkrysssingsboksen ved sida av pakkenavnet viser om pakka er installert eller ikkje. Viss ein nyare versjon av ei installert pakke er tilgjengeleg, vil versjonsteksten visast med blå skrift og med ein oppgraderingsknapp ved sida av. Rød skrift viser at den installerte versjonen ikkje lenger er tilgjengeleg frå nokon av dei valde pakkebrønnene.</p><p>Kontekstmenyen (høyreklikk på ei pakke) inneheld fleire val. <b>Angrar</b> kan brukast for å reversera alle endringar du har gjort. Fleire pakker kan veljast (ved å halda Ctrl-tasten nede) og verta samstundes endra.</p><p>Bruk <b>Versjon</b>-lista over beskrivelsesfeltet for å velja ein spesifikk versjon av ei pakke.</p><p>Klikk på <b>Bruk</b>-knappen for å utføra endringane.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>" +#~ "<p>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a <i>status</i> filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.</p>" +#~ "<p>The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The <b>Undo</b> option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.</p>" +#~ "<p>Use the <b>Version</b> list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.</p>" +#~ "<p>Press the <b>Apply</b> button when you want your changes to be performed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<h2>Fanene Installer, Oppgrader, Fjern og Angre</h2>" +#~ "<p>Alle pakker er oppførde saman viss du ikkje har valt ein <i>status</i>-filter i feltet nedst til høgre. Avkrysssingsboksen ved sida av pakkenavnet viser om pakka er installert eller ikkje. Viss ein nyare versjon av ei installert pakke er tilgjengeleg, vil versjonsteksten visast med blå skrift og med ein oppgraderingsknapp ved sida av. Rød skrift viser at den installerte versjonen ikkje lenger er tilgjengeleg frå nokon av dei valde pakkebrønnene.</p>" +#~ "<p>Kontekstmenyen (høyreklikk på ei pakke) inneheld fleire val. <b>Angrar</b> kan brukast for å reversera alle endringar du har gjort. Fleire pakker kan veljast (ved å halda Ctrl-tasten nede) og verta samstundes endra.</p>" +#~ "<p>Bruk <b>Versjon</b>-lista over beskrivelsesfeltet for å velja ein spesifikk versjon av ei pakke.</p>" +#~ "<p>Klikk på <b>Bruk</b>-knappen for å utføra endringane.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2><p>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.</p><p>Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not.</p>" -#~ msgstr "<h2>Lås programvare</h2><p>Pakkar kan låsast via kontekstmenyen for å hindra automatiske endringar.</p><p>Låsing er nyttig berre i unntakstifeller: Det kan t.d. henda at du ikkje vil installera ein spesiell drivar fordi han påverkar med systemet, men du ynskjer likevel å installera pakkesamlingen som inneheld henne. Låsefunksjonen kan brukast anten pakka er installert eller ikkje.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h2>Lock software</h2>" +#~ "<p>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.</p>" +#~ "<p>Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<h2>Lås programvare</h2>" +#~ "<p>Pakkar kan låsast via kontekstmenyen for å hindra automatiske endringar.</p>" +#~ "<p>Låsing er nyttig berre i unntakstifeller: Det kan t.d. henda at du ikkje vil installera ein spesiell drivar fordi han påverkar med systemet, men du ynskjer likevel å installera pakkesamlingen som inneheld henne. Låsefunksjonen kan brukast anten pakka er installert eller ikkje.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" #~ msgstr "<h2>Filtre</h2>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<h3>Search</h3><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file.</p>" -#~ msgstr "<h3>Søk</h3><p>Bruk fritekst i søkefeltet for å søkja på namn og skildring si. (eit søk etter 'office' vil henta LibreOffice'-pakkene og AbiWord, som har orda «office» i skildringa). Du kan søkja etter fleire ord atskilt av mellomrom («spread sheet» vil t.d. henta libreoffice-calc). Du kan kombinera søkefunksjonen med eit filter, f.eks søkja etter ei pakke i ein spesifikk pakkebrønn. Andre søkekriterier finst òg, som å søkja etter ein spesifikk fil.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h3>Search</h3>" +#~ "<p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<h3>Søk</h3>" +#~ "<p>Bruk fritekst i søkefeltet for å søkja på namn og skildring si. (eit søk etter 'office' vil henta LibreOffice'-pakkene og AbiWord, som har orda «office» i skildringa). Du kan søkja etter fleire ord atskilt av mellomrom («spread sheet» vil t.d. henta libreoffice-calc). Du kan kombinera søkefunksjonen med eit filter, f.eks søkja etter ei pakke i ein spesifikk pakkebrønn. Andre søkekriterier finst òg, som å søkja etter ein spesifikk fil.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<h3>Groups</h3><p>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the <b>RPM Groups</b> filter.</p>" -#~ msgstr "<h3>Grupper</h3><p>Programvara for &product; er indeksert slik at du kan finna programvare for ein spesifikk oppgåve sjølv om du ikkje veit kva slags program som er tilgjengelege. Filtret <b>RPM-grupper</b> viser eit meir detaljert og hierarkisk utval.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h3>Groups</h3>" +#~ "<p>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the <b>RPM Groups</b> filter.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<h3>Grupper</h3>" +#~ "<p>Programvara for &product; er indeksert slik at du kan finna programvare for ein spesifikk oppgåve sjølv om du ikkje veit kva slags program som er tilgjengelege. Filtret <b>RPM-grupper</b> viser eit meir detaljert og hierarkisk utval.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3><p><b>Patterns</b> are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the <i>File Server</i> pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.</p><p>If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the <b>Language</b> tool from the YaST control center.</p>" -#~ msgstr "<h3>Mønster og Språk</h3><p><b>Mønster</b> er oppgaveorienterte pakkesamlinger som vert samstundes installert. Installasjon av mønstret <i>Filserver</i> vil til dømes, installera ulike pakker som vert kravt for å køyra ein slik servar.</p><p>Viss du vil installera eit spesielt språk, kan du gjera dette i <b>Språk</b>-modulen i YaST.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>" +#~ "<p><b>Patterns</b> are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the <i>File Server</i> pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.</p>" +#~ "<p>If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the <b>Language</b> tool from the YaST control center.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<h3>Mønster og Språk</h3>" +#~ "<p><b>Mønster</b> er oppgaveorienterte pakkesamlinger som vert samstundes installert. Installasjon av mønstret <i>Filserver</i> vil til dømes, installera ulike pakker som vert kravt for å køyra ein slik servar.</p>" +#~ "<p>Viss du vil installera eit spesielt språk, kan du gjera dette i <b>Språk</b>-modulen i YaST.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.</p><p>You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box.</p>" -#~ msgstr "<h2>Programvareinformasjon i det nedre feltet</h2><p>Tilgjengeleg informasjon om pakka vert vist i feltet under. Hugs at meir informasjon er tilgjengeleg for installerte pakker, enn for dei som berre er tilgjengelege frå ein pakkebrønn.</p><p>I dette feltet kan du òg velja å installera ein spesifikk versjon av pakka.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>" +#~ "<p>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.</p>" +#~ "<p>You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<h2>Programvareinformasjon i det nedre feltet</h2>" +#~ "<p>Tilgjengeleg informasjon om pakka vert vist i feltet under. Hugs at meir informasjon er tilgjengeleg for installerte pakker, enn for dei som berre er tilgjengelege frå ein pakkebrønn.</p>" +#~ "<p>I dette feltet kan du òg velja å installera ein spesifikk versjon av pakka.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system.</p>" -#~ msgstr "<h1>Føremål</h1><p>Med dette verktøyet kan du visa og velja pakkeoppdateringer. Du kan òg reversera oppdateringar som er utførd tidlegare.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>" +#~ "<p>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<h1>Føremål</h1>" +#~ "<p>Med dette verktøyet kan du visa og velja pakkeoppdateringer. Du kan òg reversera oppdateringar som er utførd tidlegare.</p>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2><p>Patches are grouped as follows:</p><ul><li><b>Security</b>: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li><b>Recommended</b>: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li><b>Optional</b>: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li><b>Documentation</b>: fixes documentation errors.</li><li><b>YaST</b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "<h1>Bruk</h1><h2>Kategoriar</h2><p>Pakkeoppdateringer er gruppert på følgjande måte:</p><ul><li>Tryggleik: Reparerer ein programvarefeil som kan utnyttast for å skaffa seg tilgjenge til systemet.</li><li> tilRådd: Reparerer programvarefeil som ikkje er sikkerhetsrelaterte (som t.d. kan øydeleggja data eller medføra redusert yting)</li><li>Valfri: Oppdateringar som berre gjeld for einskilde brukarar.</li></ul></li><li><b>Dokumentasjon</b>: Rettar opp feil i dokumentasjonen.</li><li><b>YaST</b>: Pakkeoppdateringer for modulane i YaST.</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h1>Usage</h1>" +#~ "<h2>Categories</h2>" +#~ "<p>Patches are grouped as follows:</p>" +#~ "<ul>" +#~ "<li><b>Security</b>: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>Recommended</b>: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li>" +#~ "<li><b>Optional</b>: ones that only apply to few users.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>Documentation</b>: fixes documentation errors.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>YaST</b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li>" +#~ "</ul>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<h1>Bruk</h1>" +#~ "<h2>Kategoriar</h2>" +#~ "<p>Pakkeoppdateringer er gruppert på følgjande måte:</p>" +#~ "<ul>" +#~ "<li>Tryggleik: Reparerer ein programvarefeil som kan utnyttast for å skaffa seg tilgjenge til systemet.</li>" +#~ "<li> tilRådd: Reparerer programvarefeil som ikkje er sikkerhetsrelaterte (som t.d. kan øydeleggja data eller medføra redusert yting)</li>" +#~ "<li>Valfri: Oppdateringar som berre gjeld for einskilde brukarar.</li>" +#~ "</ul>" +#~ "</li>" +#~ "<li><b>Dokumentasjon</b>: Rettar opp feil i dokumentasjonen.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>YaST</b>: Pakkeoppdateringer for modulane i YaST.</li>" +#~ "</ul>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</p><p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for <i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>" -#~ msgstr "<p>Berre oppdateringar som gjeld for systemet ditt vil vera synlege. Du kan vera sikker på at alle oppdateringar er viktige.</p><p>Viss du er interessert i oppgraderte versjonar av programvara, bør du sjå etter <i>oppgraderinger</i> i <b>programvarehandsamaren</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</p>" +#~ "<p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for <i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Berre oppdateringar som gjeld for systemet ditt vil vera synlege. Du kan vera sikker på at alle oppdateringar er viktige.</p>" +#~ "<p>Viss du er interessert i oppgraderte versjonar av programvara, bør du sjå etter <i>oppgraderinger</i> i <b>programvarehandsamaren</b>.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." @@ -1115,8 +1201,22 @@ #~ msgstr "Anna" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<p>Common suffixes for complementory packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "<p>Vanlege suffiks for tilleggspakker:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b> (innstikk): utvidar programmet med ekstra funksjonar.</li><li><b>-devel</b> (utvikling): verta for kravt programvareutvikling.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: feilsøkingssymboler for testing av programvare.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> eller andre språkkoder: toversettelsesfiler (språket ditt vil verta automatisk merkast for installasjon ved behov).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Common suffixes for complementory packages:</p>" +#~ "<ul>" +#~ "<li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li>" +#~ "</ul>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Vanlege suffiks for tilleggspakker:</p>" +#~ "<ul>" +#~ "<li><b>-plugin-</b> (innstikk): utvidar programmet med ekstra funksjonar.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-devel</b> (utvikling): verta for kravt programvareutvikling.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-debuginfo</b>: feilsøkingssymboler for testing av programvare.</li>" +#~ "<li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> eller andre språkkoder: toversettelsesfiler (språket ditt vil verta automatisk merkast for installasjon ved behov).</li>" +#~ "</ul>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/http-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -285,8 +285,7 @@ msgstr "Servermoduler" #. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "Main Host" msgstr "Hovedvertsmaskin" @@ -339,8 +338,7 @@ #. translators: human-readable "default host" #. translators: human-readable "default host" #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Host" msgstr "Standard vertsmaskin" @@ -374,44 +372,64 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n" -"<br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon for HTTP-servar</big></b>\n" -"<br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for HTTP-servar</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for HTTP-servar</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" -"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n" +"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta lagring</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" -"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>\n" +"Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.</p>" +"\n" #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 @@ -451,14 +469,16 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>" +"\n" "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" "loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigering av HTTP-servermoduler</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigering av HTTP-servermoduler</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Tabellen inneheld ei liste over alle tilgjengelege Apache2-modular.\n" "Den første kolonnen inneheld namnet til modulen. \n" "Den andre kolonnen viser om modulen skal\n" @@ -470,32 +490,40 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å endra statusen for ein modul, \n" -"vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk <b>Endre status</b>.</p>\n" +"vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk <b>Endre status</b>.</p>" +"\n" #. module dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" -"use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n" +"use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du må leggja til ein modul som ikkje er oppførd i tabellen, \n" -"kan du bruka <b>Legg til modul</b>-knappen.</p>\n" +"kan du bruka <b>Legg til modul</b>-knappen.</p>" +"\n" #. apache service enabling help 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n" -"<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" +"<b>Disabled</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for HTTP-servar</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Innstillingar for HTTP-servar</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Aktivar HTTP-serveren ved å velja <b>Aktivert</b>. Deaktiver serveren ved å velja\n" -"<b>Deaktivert</b>.</p>\n" +"<b>Deaktivert</b>.</p>" +"\n" #. firewall adapting help 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 @@ -504,12 +532,14 @@ "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \n" "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" "The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" -"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" +"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ved å bruka <b>Opne brannmur via valde portar</b> \n" "kan du tilpassa brannmuren i samsvar med portane som Apache2 lyttar på.\n" "Grensesnitt for brannmuren vert ikkje lagd til eller sletta. \n" -"Dette valet er berre tilgjengeleg viss brannmuren er aktivert.</p>\n" +"Dette valet er berre tilgjengeleg viss brannmuren er aktivert.</p>" +"\n" #. server configuration overview help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 @@ -525,7 +555,8 @@ "default (fallback) host. If the server name of the default\n" "host is not specified, a path to the document root of the\n" "default host is displayed.\n" -"<b>Hosts</b> contains a list of hosts configured for the server.</p>\n" +"<b>Hosts</b> contains a list of hosts configured for the server.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Lista over alternativ viser\n" "fleire deler av serverkonfigurasjonen. <b>Lote på</b>\n" @@ -537,7 +568,8 @@ "standard. Viss serverennavnet til\n" "standardvertsmaskinen ikkje er angjevne, vert viste stigen til dokumentroten på\n" "standardvertsmaskinen i staden.\n" -"<b>Vertsmaskiner</b> inneheld ei liste over vertsmaskiner som er konfigurert for serveren.</p>\n" +"<b>Vertsmaskiner</b> inneheld ei liste over vertsmaskiner som er konfigurert for serveren.</p>" +"\n" #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 @@ -555,17 +587,21 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>" +"\n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" "marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" -"press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n" +"press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfigurerte vertsmaskiner</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Konfigurerte vertsmaskiner</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Dette er ei liste over allereie konfigurerte vertsmaskiner. Ein av vertsmaskinene er \n" "markert som standard (ei stjerne ved sida av servernavnet). Ein standardvertsmaskin vert brukt dersom ingen annan vertsmaskin\n" "samsvarer med ein innkommende førespurnad. For å definera ein vertsmaskin som standard,\n" -"klikk på <b>Bruk som standard</b>.</p>\n" +"klikk på <b>Bruk som standard</b>.</p>" +"\n" #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 @@ -581,11 +617,13 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" "To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Vertsmaskinkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Vertsmaskinkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" "For å redigera innstillingane for vertsmaskinen, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk <b>Rediger/b>.\n" "For å leggja til eit nytt alternativ, klikk <b>Legg til</b>. Vel eit alternativ og klikk <b>Slett</b> for å slette det.</p>" @@ -599,7 +637,8 @@ "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Bruk vala under <b>Serverdefinisjon</b> for å angje rutedefinisjonen for \n" -"\tvirtuelle vertsmaskiner. Men viss du vel <b>Definisjon vigd HTTP-deklarasjonar</p>,\n" +"\tvirtuelle vertsmaskiner. Men viss du vel <b>Definisjon vigd HTTP-deklarasjonar</p>" +",\n" "\tvil standardserveren aldri motta førespurnader sendt til IP-adressa for\n" "\tein navnebasert virtuell vertsmaskin. Viss du vil setja opp ein SSL-basert virtuell vertsmaskin, nytte <b>Definisjon vigd IP-adresse</b></p>" @@ -607,13 +646,17 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>" +"\n" "The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" -"where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n" +"where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big><i></i>-innstillingar for vertsmaskin</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big><i></i>-innstillingar for vertsmaskin</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Under <i>Lytt på</i> kan du velja portar og nettverksgrensesnitt\n" -"der HTTP-serveren skal lytta etter innkommende førespurnader.</p>\n" +"der HTTP-serveren skal lytta etter innkommende førespurnader.</p>" +"\n" #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 @@ -629,15 +672,19 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" "of the host. SSL allows communicating securely with the host by \n" -"encrypting communication.</p>\n" +"encrypting communication.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>SSL-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>SSL-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Dette er ei liste over alternativ i samband med SSL-innstillingane (Secure Socket Layer)\n" "for vertsmaskinen. SSL sørgar for sikker kommunikasjon med vertsmaskinen ved \n" -"å kryptera innholde.</p>\n" +"å kryptera innholde.</p>" +"\n" #. ssl options dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 @@ -646,12 +693,14 @@ "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" "not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Dei generelle eigenskapane vert definerte av SSL-alternativet. Du kan velja at vertsmaskinen\n" "ikkje skal støtte SSL i det heile (<tt>Ingen SSL</tt>), at han skal gje tilgjenge både med og utan SSL (<tt>Tillaten</tt>)\n" "eller berre tillata kommunikasjon som er kryptert via SSL (<tt>Obligatorisk</tt>).\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 @@ -671,32 +720,38 @@ "importing server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \n" "allows use of a special purpose certificate. \n" "<b>Use Common Certificate</b> configures usage of the\n" -"common certificate issued for this host.</p>\n" +"common certificate issued for this host.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Frå <b>Sertifikat</b>-menyen \n" "kan du importerast serversertifikater. Bruk <b>Importar serversertifikat</b> \n" "for å ta i bruk eit sertifikat for eit bestemt føremål . \n" "<b>Bruk normalt sertifikat</b> konfigurerer nytta av\n" -"det normale sertifikatet som er tildelt denne vertsmaskinen.</p>\n" +"det normale sertifikatet som er tildelt denne vertsmaskinen.</p>" +"\n" #. ssl options dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" -"module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" +"module should be loaded by the server.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Merk:</b> Viss du aktiverer SSL for ein vertsmaskin, må modulen <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" -"lastast av serveren.</p>\n" +"lastast av serveren.</p>" +"\n" #. new host dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>" +"\n" "This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Ny vertsmaskin</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Ny vertsmaskin</big></b><br>" +"\n" "I denne dialogen kan du leggja inn grunnleggjande informasjon om ein ny virtuell vertsmaskin.</p>" #. new host dialog help 2/3 @@ -708,20 +763,23 @@ "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" -"address for feedback about this host.</p>\n" +"address for feedback about this host.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Serveridentifikasjon</b> definerer innhaldet i og\n" "presentasjonen av ein ny virtuell vertsmaskin. <b>Servernavn</b> er DNS-namnet som vert angjeve som ein del\n" "av HTTP-deklarasjonane i serverens respons. <b>Serverens rotinnhold</b>\n" "er ein absolutt stig til katalogen som inneheld alle dokumenta til\n" "denne virtuelle vertsmaskinen. Under <b>E-post for administrator</b> kan du angje ei e-postadresse\n" -"for tilbakemeldinger om denne vertsmaskinen.</p>\n" +"for tilbakemeldinger om denne vertsmaskinen.</p>" +"\n" #. new host dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\n" +"<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>" +"\n" "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" @@ -729,9 +787,11 @@ "the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" "If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n" -"Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n" +"Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Serverdefinisjon</b></big><br>\n" +"<p><big><b>Serverdefinisjon</b></big><br>" +"\n" "Apache 2 treng informasjon om kva for innstillingar for\n" "virtuell vertsmaskin som skal nyttast ved respons på ein HTTP-førespurnad. \n" "Det er i prinsippet to hovedmetoder. Ved å bruka HTTP-deklarasjonar\n" @@ -739,16 +799,19 @@ "HTTP-deklarasjonane til førespurnaden. Ein anna høve er å definera den virtuelle vertsmaskinen\n" "ut frå IP-adressa som vert nytta av klienten ved tilkobling til serveren.\n" "Viss du vil setja opp ein SSL-basert virtuell vertsmaskin, nytte <b>Definisjon vigd IP-adresse</b>\n" -"Du finn meir informasjon i brukerveiledningen for Apache2.</p>\n" +"Du finn meir informasjon i brukerveiledningen for Apache2.</p>" +"\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>" +"\n" "This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Informasjon om ny vertsmaskin</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Informasjon om ny vertsmaskin</big></b><br>" +"\n" "I denne dialogen kan du spesifisera tilleggsinformasjon om ein ny virtuell vertsmaskin.</p>" #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 @@ -768,7 +831,8 @@ "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n" "\n" "Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n" -"Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n" +"Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>For HTTPS-tilgjenge til denne virtuelle vertsmaskinen, vel <b>Aktivum SSL-støtte</b>.\n" "\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/inetd.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -466,78 +466,108 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer xinetd-oppsett-</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer xinetd-oppsett-</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initaliseringsprosessen:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt avslutta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initaliseringsprosessen:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Du kan trygt avslutta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar xinetd-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar xinetd-oppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagringsprosessen:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagringsprosessen:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein annan dialog vil gje deg melding om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" -"configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n" +"configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppset av nettverkstjenester</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppset av nettverkstjenester</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Klikk <b>Aktivum</b> for å aktivare nettverkstjenester som vert styrt av ein superserver.\n" -"Klikk <b>Deaktiver</b> for å deaktivere superserveren.</p>\n" +"Klikk <b>Deaktiver</b> for å deaktivere superserveren.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n" -"and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\n" +"and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppsettstatus for tenester:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppsettstatus for tenester:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Alle tenester markert med <b>X</b> i kolonnen <b>Endre</b> er redigert\n" -"og vil endrast i systemoppsettet</p>\n" +"og vil endrast i systemoppsettet</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n" "All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Tjenestestatus:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Tjenestestatus:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Alle tenester markert med <b>---</b> er deaktivert (låste).\n" "Alle tenester markert med <b>På</b> er aktiverte (ulåste).\n" "Alle tenester markert med <b>II</b> er ikkje installerte og kan ikkje verta opp sette.</p>" @@ -545,49 +575,65 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Endre tjenestestatus:</big></b><br>\n" -"Vel tenesta du vil aktivera eller deaktivere og klikk <b>Endra status (På eller Av)</b>.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Endre tjenestestatus:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vel tenesta du vil aktivera eller deaktivere og klikk <b>Endra status (På eller Av)</b>.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n" -"Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigering av tenester:</big></b><br>\n" -"Vel tenesta du vil redigera og klikk <b>Rediger</b>.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigering av tenester:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vel tenesta du vil redigera og klikk <b>Rediger</b>.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n" -"Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Slette tenester:</big></b><br>\n" -"Vel tenesta du vil sletta og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Slette tenester:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vel tenesta du vil sletta og klikk <b>Slett</b>.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n" -"Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n" +"Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Leggja til ny oppføring:</big></b>\n" -"Klikk <b>Opprett</b> og fyll ut skjemaet.</p>\n" +"Klikk <b>Opprett</b> og fyll ut skjemaet.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Avbryt oppsett:</big></b>\n" "Avbryt oppsettet ved å klikka på <b>Avbryt</b>-knappen.\n" -"Viss du gjer dette, vil alle endringar gå tapt og det originale oppsettet vil ikkje endrast.</p>\n" +"Viss du gjer dette, vil alle endringar gå tapt og det originale oppsettet vil ikkje endrast.</p>" +"\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -596,11 +642,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" -"enter</p>\n" +"enter</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>For å oppretta ein gyldig oppføring (teneste) for superserveren,\n" -"angje</p>\n" +"angje</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy @@ -618,7 +666,8 @@ "</ul>" msgstr "" "<ul>\n" -"<li>Tjenestennavn{<li>RPC-versjon (valfritt)\n" +"<li>Tjenestennavn{" +"<li>RPC-versjon (valfritt)\n" "<li>Sokkeltype\n" "<li>Protokoll\n" "<li>wait/nowait\n" @@ -630,17 +679,23 @@ #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Dette er ei kort skildring. Du finn meir informasjon i <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Dette er ei kort skildring. Du finn meir informasjon i <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje eit gyldig tjenestenavn i <b>teneste</b>-feltet.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 #, fuzzy @@ -648,23 +703,27 @@ "<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" "requires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\n" -"transmission.</p>\n" +"transmission.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sokkeltype</b> skal vera stream, dgram, raw eller seqpacket,\n" "avhengig av om tenesta er streambasert, datagrambasert,\n" "krev direkte tilgjenge til IP eller krev ein påliteleg, sekvensiell\n" -"datagramoverføring.</p>\n" +"datagramoverføring.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Protokollen</b> må vera gyldig i samsvar med /etc/protocols.\n" "Dette kan t.d. vera <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i> og <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 #, fuzzy @@ -680,7 +739,8 @@ "xinetd accepts the connection. \n" "<i>udp/dgram</i> services normally expect the value to be <b>yes</b>,\n" "because udp is not connection oriented. <i>tcp/stream</i> servers\n" -"normally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>\n" +"normally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Oppføringen <b>wait/nowait</b> spesifiserer om tenesta er\n" "enkel- eller multitrådet, og dessutan om xinetd og\n" @@ -693,7 +753,8 @@ "aksepterer tilkoblingen.\n" "<i>udp/dgram</i>-tenester forventar normalt at verdet er <b>yes</b>\n" "fordi udp ikkje er tilkoblingsorientert. <i>tcp/stream</i>-servera\n" -"forventar normalt at verdet er <b>no</b>.</p>\n" +"forventar normalt at verdet er <b>no</b>.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 #, fuzzy @@ -701,11 +762,13 @@ "<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" "<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" "less than root.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Serveren vil køyra med rettane til brukaren som er vald under\n" "<b>Brukar</b>. Dette er nyttig for å køyra tenester med lågare rettar enn rot.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 #, fuzzy @@ -714,13 +777,15 @@ "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" "Parameters for this program can be specified in <b>Server Arguments</b>.\n" "\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>In <b>Servar</b>: skriv inn stigen til programmet som skal\n" "køyrast av superserveren når ein førespurnad kjem til sokkelen.\n" "Parametrar for dette programmet kan definerast under <b>Serverargumenter</b>.\n" "\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 @@ -797,8 +862,14 @@ #. "enabled" defaults to true #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" -msgstr "<p><ul><i>All tenester er markerte som deaktivert.</i></ul></p>" +msgid "" +"<p>" +"<ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul>" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>" +"<ul><i>All tenester er markerte som deaktivert.</i></ul>" +"</p>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/instserver.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -145,8 +145,7 @@ #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "Pakkebrønnoppsett" @@ -172,8 +171,7 @@ msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "Ka&talog med CD-diskbilder:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 #, fuzzy msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "Vel &katalog" @@ -375,10 +373,12 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Network Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Network Server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppset av nettverksserver</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppset av nettverksserver</big></b><br>" +"\n" "</p>" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19 @@ -398,20 +398,24 @@ "<p>If you have one of the services already running and want to do the\n" "server configuration manually, select not to configure \n" "the services.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss ein av tenestene allereie køyrer og du ynskjer å utføra\n" "serveroppsettet manuelt, kan du velja å ikkje setja opp \n" "tenestene.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppsett av NFS-servar</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppsett av NFS-servar</big></b><br>" +"\n" "</p>" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33 @@ -420,12 +424,14 @@ "<p>To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\n" "<em>/etc/exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \n" "installed and started.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å fullføra dene oppsettet må det leggjast til ein\n" "ny oppføring i fila <em>/etc/exports</em>, og NFS-serveren må\n" "installerast og vert starta.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 #, fuzzy @@ -433,23 +439,27 @@ "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" "hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" "to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss du vil avgrensa tilgjenget til dei eksporterte katalogane for visse \n" "vertsmaskiner, kan du leggja til ein meir restriktiv jokertegnmaske. Bruk til dømes <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" "for å avgrensa tilgjenget til undernettverket <em>192.168.1.0</em>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan òg spesifisera eksportalternativer. Du finn meir informasjon om tilgjengelege\n" "alternativ for manualsiden for <em>exports</em> (ein exports(5))\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 #, fuzzy @@ -463,18 +473,23 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppsett av FTP-servar</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppsett av FTP-servar</big></b><br>" +"\n" "</p>" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \n" -"installed and started.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>For å fullføra dette oppsettet må ein FTP-servar installerast og starta.</p>\n" +"installed and started.</p>" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>For å fullføra dette oppsettet må ein FTP-servar installerast og starta.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59 #, fuzzy @@ -483,22 +498,26 @@ "the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" "This makes the software repository directory available under the\n" "FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss den valde katalogen med pakkebrønnen er utanfor\n" "FTP-serveren filstruktur, vil eit monteringspunkt leggjast til i <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>,\n" "som gjer katalogen med pakkebrønnen tilgjengeleg på\n" "FTP-serveren (ved å bruka valet <tt>--bind</tt> for <tt>mount</tt>-kommandoen).\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Installasjonsserveren vil vera tilgjengeleg for klientane på følgjande nettverksadresse:\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 #, fuzzy @@ -512,10 +531,12 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppsett av HTTP-servar</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppsett av HTTP-servar</big></b><br>" +"\n" "</p>" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73 @@ -523,19 +544,23 @@ msgid "" "<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \n" "installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n" -"server root directory.</p>\n" +"server root directory.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å fullføra dette oppsettet må ein HTTP-servar installerast og starta. Aliaset vil vart nytta som referanse til\n" -"installasjonsserverens rotkatalog.</p>\n" +"installasjonsserverens rotkatalog.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n" +"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel eit kort alias som er lett å hugsa. Viss du til dømes vel\n" -"<em>SUSA</em> som alias, vil pakkebrønnene vera tilgjengelege som vist nedanfor:</p>\n" +"<em>SUSA</em> som alias, vil pakkebrønnene vera tilgjengelege som vist nedanfor:</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 #, fuzzy @@ -549,22 +574,28 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Configuration of the Repository</b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b>Configuration of the Repository</b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" -"configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n" +"configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p>" +" \n" msgstr "" "<p>Pakkebrønnnavnet vert nytta for å oppretta ein katalog som alle produkt-\n" "CD-er skal kopierast til. Pakkebrønnen er tilgjengeleg via den\n" -"valde protokollen (NFS, FTP eller HTTP)</p> \n" +"valde protokollen (NFS, FTP eller HTTP)</p>" +" \n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy @@ -575,28 +606,34 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" -"If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n" +"If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) gjer det lettare å finna ein installasjonsserver. \n" -"Viss du kryssar av her, vil pakkebrønnen verta automatisk angjeve på nettverket vigd SLP.</p>\n" +"Viss du kryssar av her, vil pakkebrønnen verta automatisk angjeve på nettverket vigd SLP.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" -"<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n" +"<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel ein kildestasjon frå lista, sett inn det første mediet for eit grunnprodukt og klikk\n" -"<b>Neste</b> for å kopiera innhaldet til den lokale pakkebrønnen.</p>\n" +"<b>Neste</b> for å kopiera innhaldet til den lokale pakkebrønnen.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Etter at grunnmediet er kopiert til den lokale pakkebrønnen, kan du leggja til fleire\n" -"CD-er i pakkebrønnen (til dømes CDEN til Ei-oppdatering eller kva for ein som helst CDEN til Anna-tillegg).</p>\n" +"CD-er i pakkebrønnen (til dømes CDEN til Ei-oppdatering eller kva for ein som helst CDEN til Anna-tillegg).</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 #, fuzzy @@ -607,124 +644,173 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n" -"select ISO image files.</p>\n" +"select ISO image files.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>ISO-diskbilder kan vert i staden nytta for CD- eller DVD-medium. Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å\n" -"velja ISO-diskbildefiler.</p>\n" +"velja ISO-diskbildefiler.</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Saving Repository Configuration</b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b>Saving Repository Configuration</b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\n" -"Configure the installation server here.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>" +"\n" +"Configure the installation server here.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"Her kan du setja opp installasjonsserveren.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Pakkebrønnoppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Her kan du setja opp installasjonsserveren.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>" +"\n" "Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Leggja til ein pakkebrønn:</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Leggja til ein pakkebrønn:</b><br>" +"\n" "Systemet søkjer etter katalogar som ikkje er valt, i pakkebrønnkatalogen og gjer\n" "dei tilgjengelege for oppsett.\n" -"Legg til ein pakkebrønn ved å velja han i lista over pakkebrønner som ikkje er vald. Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>\n" +"Legg til ein pakkebrønn ved å velja han i lista over pakkebrønner som ikkje er vald. Klikk deretter <b>Sett opp</b>.</p>" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" -"the configuration opens.</p>\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Viss du klikkar <b>Rediger</b>, får du opp ein ny dialog der\n" -"du kan endra oppsettet.</p>\n" +"du kan endra oppsettet.</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>" +"\n" "Get an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \n" -"configuration if necessary.<br></p>\n" +"configuration if necessary.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversyn over pakkebrønner</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oversyn over pakkebrønner</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Her vert vist eit oversyn over valde pakkebrønner. Du kan òg\n" -"redigera desse pakkebrønnene.<br></p>\n" +"redigera desse pakkebrønnene.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" -"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>" +"\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein pakkebrønn:</big></b><br>\n" -"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein pakkebrønn.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein pakkebrønn:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Klikk <b>Legg til</b> for å setja opp ein pakkebrønn.</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Choose the repository you want to change or remove and\n" -"press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>\n" +"press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Vel ein pakkebrønn du vil endra eller sletta.\n" -"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>\n" +"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>" +"\n" #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iplb.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -174,124 +174,190 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines the number of second between server checks.\n" -"</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Defines the number of second between server checks.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" -"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>Default: 1\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: 1\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" -"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p>" +"<p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" -"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" -"</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p>" +"<p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" "module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" "inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>Default: 0\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" "\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>Default: all\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" "disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" +"</p>" +"<p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" "on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" -"</p><p>Default: no\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: no\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" "Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"</p>" +"<p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" "real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" -"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" -"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"</p>" +"<p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"</p>" +"<p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" "old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" "response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" -"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" "<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" -"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" -"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" "configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" "<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" -"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" "fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" "each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" "<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" "used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" "pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" "server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" +"</p>" +"<p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" "real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" "service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" -"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"</p>" +"<p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" "quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" -"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" "request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" "attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" "<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" @@ -299,186 +365,306 @@ "activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" -"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" "using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" -"</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p>

\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default:\n" +"</p>" +"

\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Otherwise: none\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" "<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" -"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" -"</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n" -"</dt><dt>* real server ip\n" -"</dt><dt>* real server port\n" -"</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" +"</p>" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* virtual server port\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* real server ip\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* real server port\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>Default: /bin/true\n" "\n" "\n" "<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" -"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" +"</p>" +"<p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" +"</p>" +"<p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" "regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" -"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" -"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" "method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" -"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" "case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" "derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" -"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" -"</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default:\n" +"</p>" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" "<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" "<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" -"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" -"</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" +"</p>" +"<p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default:\n" +"</p>" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" "<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" "<b>passwd</b> above).\n" -"</p><p>Default: empty string\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: empty string\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>persistent</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>persistent</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>netmask</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n" -"</p><p>Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>netmask</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" -"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" -"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" -"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" -"</p><p>Default:\n" -"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" -"</dt></dl>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default:\n" +"</p>" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" +"</dt>" +"<dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" +"</dt>" +"</dl>" "\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" -"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" -"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>Default: 1\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" -"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: 1\n" +"\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" "module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" -"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" "inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>Default: 0\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: 0\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" -"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" "\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>Default: all\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: all\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" -"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p>" +"<p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" -"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"</p>" +"<p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" "Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" -"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"</p>" +"<p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" "real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" -"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" -"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"</p>" +"<p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"</p>" +"<p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" "old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" -"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p>" +"<p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/iscsi-lio-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -40,8 +40,7 @@ msgstr "" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/isns.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -146,77 +146,135 @@ #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av ISNS-nisse</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av ISNS-nisse</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryta initialisering:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar iSNS-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar iSNS-oppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Configure an iSNS server.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Configure an iSNS server.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>iSNS-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"Her kan du setja opp ein iSNS-servar.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>iSNS-oppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Her kan du setja opp ein iSNS-servar.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Lista over alle tilgjengelege iSCSI-noder som er registrerte med iSNS-tenesta, vert vist.</p> <p>Nodene vert med registrert iSCSI-initiatorer og iSCSI-mål.</p> <p> Det er berre mogleg å <b>sletta</b> dei. Å sletta ein node, fjernar han frå iSNS-databasen.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p>" +" " +"<p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p>" +" " +"<p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Lista over alle tilgjengelege iSCSI-noder som er registrerte med iSNS-tenesta, vert vist.</p>" +" " +"<p>Nodene vert med registrert iSCSI-initiatorer og iSCSI-mål.</p>" +" " +"<p> Det er berre mogleg å <b>sletta</b> dei. Å sletta ein node, fjernar han frå iSNS-databasen.</p>" #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 #, fuzzy -msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" -msgstr "Ei liste over alle søkedomener vert viste. For søkedomener er det mogleg å <b>oppretta</b> eller <b>sletta</b> eit domane. <p>Å sletta eit domane, fjernar medlemmane frå domenet, men slettar ikkje iSCSI-nodemedlemmer. </p>" +msgid "" +"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. " +"<p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" +msgstr "" +"Ei liste over alle søkedomener vert viste. For søkedomener er det mogleg å <b>oppretta</b> eller <b>sletta</b> eit domane. " +"<p>Å sletta eit domane, fjernar medlemmane frå domenet, men slettar ikkje iSCSI-nodemedlemmer. </p>" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 #, fuzzy -msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " -msgstr "Ei liste over alle iSCSI-noder vert med viste søkedomener. Å velja eit anna søkedomene oppdaterer lista med medlemmar frå det nye søkedomenet. Det er mogleg å <b>leggja til</b> ein iSCSI-node i eit søkedomene eller <b>slette</b> noden. <p>Å sletta ein node fjernar han frå domenet, men slettar ikkje iSCSI-noden</p> <p>Ved å oppretta ein iSCSI-node kan ein uregistrert node verta til lagd som medlem av søkedomenet. Når initiatoren eller målet registrerer denne noden, vert han ein del av dette domenet</p> <p>Når ein iSCSI-initiator utfører ein søkeforespørsel, finn iSNS-tenesta alle iSCSI-nodemål som er medlemmar av same søkedomener.</p> " +msgid "" +"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. " +"<p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p>" +" " +"<p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p>" +" " +"<p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p>" +" " +msgstr "" +"Ei liste over alle iSCSI-noder vert med viste søkedomener. Å velja eit anna søkedomene oppdaterer lista med medlemmar frå det nye søkedomenet. Det er mogleg å <b>leggja til</b> ein iSCSI-node i eit søkedomene eller <b>slette</b> noden. " +"<p>Å sletta ein node fjernar han frå domenet, men slettar ikkje iSCSI-noden</p>" +" " +"<p>Ved å oppretta ein iSCSI-node kan ein uregistrert node verta til lagd som medlem av søkedomenet. Når initiatoren eller målet registrerer denne noden, vert han ein del av dette domenet</p>" +" " +"<p>Når ein iSCSI-initiator utfører ein søkeforespørsel, finn iSNS-tenesta alle iSCSI-nodemål som er medlemmar av same søkedomener.</p>" +" " #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 #, fuzzy -msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" -msgstr "Øvst vert viste ei liste over alle søkedomenesett. Søkedomener tilhøyrer søkedomenesett. <p>Eit søkedomene må vera medlem i eit søkedomensett for å aktiverast. </p><p>I ein iSNS-database inneheld eit søkedomenesett søkedomener, og søkedomener inneheld iSCSI-nodemedlemmer.</p>" +msgid "" +"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. " +"<p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p>" +"<p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" +msgstr "" +"Øvst vert viste ei liste over alle søkedomenesett. Søkedomener tilhøyrer søkedomenesett. " +"<p>Eit søkedomene må vera medlem i eit søkedomensett for å aktiverast. </p>" +"<p>I ein iSNS-database inneheld eit søkedomenesett søkedomener, og søkedomener inneheld iSCSI-nodemedlemmer.</p>" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -336,8 +394,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Legg til søkedomene" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -#~ msgstr "<b><big>Plassering av iSNS-servar</big></b><br>DNS-namnet eller IP-adressa for iSNS-tenesta kan angjevast som iSNS-adresse.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>" +#~ "The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<b><big>Plassering av iSNS-servar</big></b><br>" +#~ "DNS-namnet eller IP-adressa for iSNS-tenesta kan angjevast som iSNS-adresse.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journal.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -1,18 +1,17 @@ -# @TITLE@ -# Copyright (C) 2011, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# Norwegian Nynorsk translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. # -# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST -# msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" -"Language-Team: nn \n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: nn\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/languages_db.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-06-05 00:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap-client.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -46,20 +46,24 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Configure the template used for creating \n" -"new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n" +"new objects (like users or groups).</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her konfigurerer du malen som skal brukast ved\n" -"oppretting av nye objekt (som brukarar eller grupper).</p>\n" +"oppretting av nye objekt (som brukarar eller grupper).</p>" +"\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/ui.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n" -"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n" +"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Nytte <b>Rediger</b> for å redigera malen sin attributtverdier.\n" -"Malen får nytt namn når <b>cn</b>-verdet vert endra.</p>\n" +"Malen får nytt namn når <b>cn</b>-verdet vert endra.</p>" +"\n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/ui.rb:176 @@ -67,11 +71,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n" "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" -"removing current ones.</p>\n" +"removing current ones.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Den andre tabellen inneheld ei liste over <b>standardverdier</b> som vert nytta\n" "for nye objekt. Du kan endra lista ved å leggja til nye verd og redigera eller\n" -"sletta eksisterande.</p>\n" +"sletta eksisterande.</p>" +"\n" #. table header 1/2 #. table header 1/2 @@ -153,12 +159,14 @@ "<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" "is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" "create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n" -"using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"using <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Kvart konfigurasjonssett vert kalla ein konfigurasjonsmodul. Viss det ikkje\n" "er nokon konfigurasjonsmodul i angjeven plassering (basekonfigurasjon),\n" " opprettar du ein med <b>Ny</b>. Gjeldande modul vert sletta\n" -" med <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n" +" med <b>Slett</b>.</p>" +"\n" #. helptext 3/4 #: src/ui.rb:449 @@ -166,11 +174,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n" "Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n" -"current module.</p>\n" +"current module.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Rediger attributtverdiene i tabellen med <b>Rediger</b>.\n" "Nokre verd har spesielle tydingar. Ved å endra <b>cn</b>-verdet endrar du til dømes namn på\n" -"gjeldande modul.</p>\n" +"gjeldande modul.</p>" +"\n" #. helptext 4/4 #: src/ui.rb:455 @@ -178,11 +188,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n" "click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å konfigurera standardmalen for gjeldande modul,\n" "klikk <b>Konfigurer mal</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. combobox label #: src/ui.rb:535 @@ -345,10 +357,13 @@ #~ "er kopiert til katalogen '%2'" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Her kan datamaskina konfigurerast som ein \n" -#~ "LDAP-klient.</p>\n" +#~ "LDAP-klient.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>" @@ -379,12 +394,14 @@ #~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" #~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" #~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Angje LDAP-serverens adresse (t.d. ldap.døme.com eller 10.20.0.2) i <b>Adresser</b> og det unike namnet på søkebasen (<b>DN for base</b>, t.d. dc=døme,dc=com). Angje fleire servera ved å\n" #~ "skilja adressene med mellomrom. Det må vera mogleg å løysa\n" #~ " adressene utan å bruka LDAP. Du kan òg angje porten serveren køyrar på med syntaksen <b>servar:port</b>, til dømes <tt>ldap.døme.com:379</tt>.\n" -#~ " </p>\n" +#~ " </p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>" @@ -395,35 +412,42 @@ #~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" #~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" #~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" -#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n" +#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Nokre LDAP-servera støttar StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" #~ "Viss serveren støttar dette og er sett opp, aktivum <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" -#~ "for å kryptera kommunikasjonen med LDAP-serveren. Du kan lasta ned CA-sertifikatsfilen i PEM-format frå den angjevne nettadressen.</p>\n" +#~ "for å kryptera kommunikasjonen med LDAP-serveren. Du kan lasta ned CA-sertifikatsfilen i PEM-format frå den angjevne nettadressen.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" -#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ "<p>To configure security settings, click\n" -#~ "<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Klikk\n" -#~ "<b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b> for å konfigurera avanserte LDAP-innstillingar.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b> for å konfigurera avanserte LDAP-innstillingar.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" #~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" #~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" -#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n" +#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Automounter er ein nisse som automatisk monterer katalogar,\n" #~ "til dømes brukaren sin hjemmekataloger.\n" #~ "Det vert at føresett nissen sin konfigurasjonsfiler (auto.*) allereie finst,\n" #~ "anten lokalt eller vigt LDAP.\n" #~ "Viss han er ikkje installert og du ynskjer å bruka henne, vert han installert\n" -#~ "automatisk.</p>\n" +#~ "automatisk.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter" @@ -555,11 +579,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n" #~ "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n" -#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n" +#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Viss Kerberos-autentisering skal nyttast, angje ein <b>region</b> og ein <b>KDC-adresse</b>.\n" #~ "Vel at brukerrettigheter skal mellomlagres lokalt ved å kryssa av for <b> Lokal SSSD-autentisering</b>.\n" -#~ "Du finn meir informasjon om SSSD-innstillingar, på manualsiden <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n" +#~ "Du finn meir informasjon om SSSD-innstillingar, på manualsiden <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -570,10 +596,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" -#~ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" +#~ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Angje typen LDAP-grupper som skal brukast.\n" -#~ "Standardverdien for <b>Gruppemedlemattributt</b> er <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" +#~ "Standardverdien for <b>Gruppemedlemattributt</b> er <i>%1</i>.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -590,49 +618,59 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n" #~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" -#~ "server.</p>\n" +#~ "server.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Gå først til <b>Konfigurasjon av hoved-DN</b>.\n" #~ "Dette er ein database for lagring av konfigurasjonsinformasjonen på LDAP-\n" -#~ "serveren.</p>\n" +#~ "serveren.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n" #~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" -#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Angje <b>DN for Administrator</b> for å få tilgjenge til dataa som er lagra på serveren.\n" #~ " Du kan bruka det fullstendige unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator,dc=mittdomene,dc=com)\n" -#~ " eller bara det lokale unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator). DN for LDAP-basen vert til lagd automatisk viss det er merkt av for det aktuelle alternativet.</p>\n" +#~ " eller bara det lokale unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator). DN for LDAP-basen vert til lagd automatisk viss det er merkt av for det aktuelle alternativet.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n" +#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>For å oppretta standard konfigurasjonsobjekter for for LDAP-brukarar og -grupper,\n" -#~ "kryss av for <b>Opprett standard konfigurasjonsobjekter</b>. Objekta må eksistera for å kunne opprettast.</p>\n" +#~ "kryss av for <b>Opprett standard konfigurasjonsobjekter</b>. Objekta må eksistera for å kunne opprettast.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" #~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" -#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" +#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Klikk <b>Konfigurer</b> for å konfigurera innstillingar som er lagra på\n" #~ "LDAP-serveren. Du vil vart beden om passord viss du ikkje er tilkoplet enno,\n" -#~ "eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra.</p>\n" +#~ "eller viss konfigurasjonen din er endra.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n" +#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Spesifiser søkebasene som skal brukast for spesifikke kart (brukarar, passord og grupper) viss dei avvik frå basis-DN. Desse verda\n" #~ "vert nytta for attributta nss_basa_passwd, nss_basa_shadow og nss_basa_group attributes\n" -#~ "i fila /etc/ldap.conf.</p>\n" +#~ "i fila /etc/ldap.conf.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "C&lient Settings" @@ -1043,18 +1081,24 @@ #~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" #~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" #~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n" -#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Viss attributtet kan ha fleire verd, legg du til nye oppføringer\n" #~ " med <b>Legg til verd</b>. Iblant inneheld knappen lista over\n" #~ " moglege verd som kan brukast for gjeldande attributt.\n" #~ " Viss verdet av det redigerte attributtet skulle vera eit unikt namn (DN),\n" #~ " er det mogleg å velja det frå LDAP-treet ved hjelp av <b>Bla gjennom</b>.\n" -#~ " </p>\n" +#~ " </p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" -#~ msgstr "<p>Skildring av attributtet \"%1\":<br></p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br>" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Skildring av attributtet \"%1\":<br>" +#~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" @@ -1112,23 +1156,27 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" #~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" -#~ "the new object is created.</p>\n" +#~ "the new object is created.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Her kan du definera verd for attributt for\n" #~ "eit objekt som brukar gjeldande mal. Slike verd vert brukte som standardinnstillinger når\n" -#~ "det nye objektet vert oppretta.</p>\n" +#~ "det nye objektet vert oppretta.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" #~ "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" #~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" -#~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" +#~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Du kan bruka ein spesiell syntaks for å oppretta\n" #~ "attributtverdier frå eksisterande verd. Uttrykt <i>%attr_name</i> vil erstattast\n" #~ "av verdet for attributtet \"attr_name\" (bruk til dømes \"/home/%uid\"\n" -#~ "som verd for \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" +#~ "som verd for \"homeDirectory\").</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Attribute &Name" @@ -1176,7 +1224,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" -#~ msgstr "<p>Vel om passordkvaliteten skal kontrollerast når passord vert endra eller vert oppretta. Vel <b>Ingen kontroll</b> viss det ikkje skal gjerast kontroll av passord. Med <b>Godta passord som ikkje kan kontrollerast</b> godtakast passord sjølv om kontrollen ikkje kan utførast, til dømes viss brukaren har angjeve eit kryptert passord. Med <b>Godta berre kontrollerte passord</b> avvisast passord viss kvalitetskontrollen mislukkast eller passordet ikkje kan kontrollerast.<p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Vel om passordkvaliteten skal kontrollerast når passord vert endra eller vert oppretta. Vel <b>Ingen kontroll</b> viss det ikkje skal gjerast kontroll av passord. Med <b>Godta passord som ikkje kan kontrollerast</b> godtakast passord sjølv om kontrollen ikkje kan utførast, til dømes viss brukaren har angjeve eit kryptert passord. Med <b>Godta berre kontrollerte passord</b> avvisast passord viss kvalitetskontrollen mislukkast eller passordet ikkje kan kontrollerast." +#~ "<p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" @@ -1317,28 +1367,34 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n" -#~ "LDAP client.</p>\n" +#~ "LDAP client.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Her kan datamaskina konfigurerast som ein \n" -#~ "LDAP-klient.</p>\n" +#~ "LDAP-klient.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" #~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Nokre LDAP-servera støttar StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" #~ "Viss serveren støttar dette og er sett opp, aktivum <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" -#~ "for å kryptera kommunikasjonen med LDAP-serveren. Du kan lasta ned CA-sertifikatsfilen i PEM-format frå den angjevne nettadressen.</p>\n" +#~ "for å kryptera kommunikasjonen med LDAP-serveren. Du kan lasta ned CA-sertifikatsfilen i PEM-format frå den angjevne nettadressen.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n" -#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Klikk\n" -#~ "<b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b> for å konfigurera avanserte LDAP-innstillingar.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>Avansert konfigurasjon</b> for å konfigurera avanserte LDAP-innstillingar.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -1347,14 +1403,16 @@ #~ "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n" #~ "locally or over LDAP.\n" #~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" -#~ "automatically.</p>\n" +#~ "automatically.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Automounter er ein nisse som automatisk monterer katalogar,\n" #~ "til dømes brukaren sin hjemmekataloger.\n" #~ "Det vert at føresett nissen sin konfigurasjonsfiler (auto.*) allereie finst,\n" #~ "anten lokalt eller vigt LDAP.\n" #~ "Viss han er ikkje installert og du ynskjer å bruka henne, vert han installert\n" -#~ "automatisk.</p>\n" +#~ "automatisk.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Do N&ot Use LDAP" @@ -1402,32 +1460,38 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n" #~ "an LDAP server using protocol 2 (for example, OpenLDAP v1), activate\n" -#~ "<b>LDAP Version 2</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "<b>LDAP Version 2</b>.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Vanlegvis vert brukt versjon 3 av LDAP-protokollen. Viss du har\n" #~ "ein LDAP-servar som brukar protokoll 2 (til dømes OpenLDAP v1), aktiverer du\n" -#~ " <b>LDAP versjon 2</b>.</p>\n" +#~ " <b>LDAP versjon 2</b>.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n" #~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" -#~ "server.</p>\n" +#~ "server.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Gå først til <b>Konfigurasjon av hoved-DN</b>.\n" #~ "Dette er ein database for lagring av konfigurasjonsinformasjonen på LDAP-\n" -#~ "serveren.</p>\n" +#~ "serveren.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n" #~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" -#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Angje <b>DN for Administrator</b> for å få tilgjenge til dataa som er lagra på serveren.\n" #~ " Du kan bruka det fullstendige unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator,dc=mittdomene,dc=com)\n" -#~ " eller bara det lokale unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator). DN for LDAP-basen vert til lagd automatisk viss det er merkt av for det aktuelle alternativet.</p>\n" +#~ " eller bara det lokale unike namnet (til dømes cn=Administrator). DN for LDAP-basen vert til lagd automatisk viss det er merkt av for det aktuelle alternativet.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>" @@ -1438,12 +1502,14 @@ #~ "<p>If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" #~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" #~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" -#~ "user home directories.</p>\n" +#~ "user home directories.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Kryss av for aktuelt val viss brukarane sine hjemmekataloger skal lagrast\n" #~ "på denne maskina. Det har ingen direkte konsekvensar å endra dette verdet.\n" #~ "Han servar berre som informasjon for brukermodulen i YaST, der brukarane sine hjemmekataloger\n" -#~ "kan administrerast.</p>\n" +#~ "kan administrerast.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>" @@ -1504,20 +1570,24 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>Here, configure the template used for\n" -#~ "creating new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n" +#~ "creating new objects (like users or groups).</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Her konfigurerer du malen som skal brukast ved\n" -#~ "oppretting av nye objekt (som brukarar eller grupper).</p>\n" +#~ "oppretting av nye objekt (som brukarar eller grupper).</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b>, used\n" #~ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values and editing or\n" -#~ "removing current ones.</p>\n" +#~ "removing current ones.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Den andre tabellen inneheld ei liste over <b>standardverdier</b> som vert nytta\n" #~ "for nye objekt. Du kan endra lista ved å leggja til nye verd og redigera eller\n" -#~ "sletta eksisterande.</p>\n" +#~ "sletta eksisterande.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ldap.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -199,7 +199,8 @@ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. @@ -210,7 +211,9 @@ #. or: #. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 -msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" +msgid "" +"<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br>" +"</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -282,7 +285,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" -"the new object is created.</p>\n" +"the new object is created.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" @@ -296,7 +300,8 @@ "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" -"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" +"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. combobox label Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/mail.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -356,8 +356,8 @@ msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "No" msgstr "Nei" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/multipath.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -231,143 +231,251 @@ #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett av multipath</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar multipath-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar multipath-oppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. dialog help for Status help #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>" "\n" -"\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br>" +"<br>" "\n" -"\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br>" +"<br>" +"\n" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Multipath-status</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tStart eller stopp multipathd, kontrollar multipath-informasjonen.<br><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multipath-status</big></b><br>" "\n" -"\t\t\t<b><big>Stopp/start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Bruk Multipath\"</b> for å starta multipathd. Klikk <b>\"Ikkje nytte Multipath\"</b> for å stoppa multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tStatusinformasjon om multipath kan visast sjølv om multipathd er stoppet.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tStart eller stopp multipathd, kontrollar multipath-informasjonen.<br>" +"<br>" "\n" -"\t\t\t<b><big>Sett opp Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>Sett opp</b> for å setja opp multipath.<br></p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b><big>Stopp/start Multipathd</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Bruk Multipath\"</b> for å starta multipathd. Klikk <b>\"Ikkje nytte Multipath\"</b> for å stoppa multipathd.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tStatusinformasjon om multipath kan visast sjølv om multipathd er stoppet.<br>" +"<br>" +"\n" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b><big>Sett opp Multipath</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>Sett opp</b> for å setja opp multipath.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br>" +"<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br>" +"<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br>" +"<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppset</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppset</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\t\t\tAlt innhald i /etc/multipath.conf kan vert opp her sett. Oppsettfilen inneheld fire seksjonar:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Multipath:</b>Liste over fininnstillinger for multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Standardverdier:</b> Standardinnstillinger for multipath-verktøy.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Sett opp standardverdier\"</b> for å setja opp standardinnstillingene.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Svartelista:</b> Liste over enhetsnavn som skal forkastast som multipath-kandidatar.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlikk<b>\"Sett opp svartelista\"</b> for å endra svartelisteinnstillinger.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Svartelisteunntak:</b> Liste over enhetsnavn som ikkje skal vera med på svartelisten.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>\"Sett opp svartelisteunntak\"</b> for å endra blacklist_exceptions-innstillingane.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Einingar:</b> Liste over kontrollar-innstillingar per lagringsenhet. Overstyrer standardinnstillingene og vert overstyrde per multipath.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>\"Sett opp einingar\"</b> for å endra enhetsinnstillinger.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Fullfør\"</b> for å lager og oppdatera oppsetta.<br><br></p>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br>" +"<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Multipath:</b>Liste over fininnstillinger for multipath.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Standardverdier:</b> Standardinnstillinger for multipath-verktøy.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Sett opp standardverdier\"</b> for å setja opp standardinnstillingene.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Svartelista:</b> Liste over enhetsnavn som skal forkastast som multipath-kandidatar.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tKlikk<b>\"Sett opp svartelista\"</b> for å endra svartelisteinnstillinger.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Svartelisteunntak:</b> Liste over enhetsnavn som ikkje skal vera med på svartelisten.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>\"Sett opp svartelisteunntak\"</b> for å endra blacklist_exceptions-innstillingane.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Einingar:</b> Liste over kontrollar-innstillingar per lagringsenhet. Overstyrer standardinnstillingene og vert overstyrde per multipath.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tKlikk på <b>\"Sett opp einingar\"</b> for å endra enhetsinnstillinger.<br>" +"<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tKlikk <b>\"Fullfør\"</b> for å lager og oppdatera oppsetta.<br>" +"<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppset av standardverdier</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tGlobale standardinnstillinger kan vert opp sette og vert her fjerna.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAlle standardinnstillinger her vil brukast i alle multipath-oppsett viss ikkje ei samsvarande lokal innstilling overstyrer han.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tViss ein standardinnstilling vert her fjerna, vil multipath bruka sin eige verd som standard.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppset av standardverdier</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tGlobale standardinnstillinger kan vert opp sette og vert her fjerna.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tAlle standardinnstillinger her vil brukast i alle multipath-oppsett viss ikkje ei samsvarande lokal innstilling overstyrer han.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tViss ein standardinnstilling vert her fjerna, vil multipath bruka sin eige verd som standard.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br>" +"<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>" +"\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Svartelisteoppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tEnhetsnavn som er angjeve her, kan forkastast som multipath-kandidatar.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEit enhetsnavn kan identifiserast på tre måtar: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: World wide ID som enhetsidentifikasjon i svartelisten.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regulære uttrykk kan verta her brukte for å identifisera enhetsnavn i udev_dir (katalogen /dev er standard). Vanlege enhetsnavn er cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Brukast for å identifisera ein spesifikk lagrings-kontrollar i svartelisten. Ei eining kan òg angjevast med produsent- og produktnavn.<br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Svartelisteoppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tEnhetsnavn som er angjeve her, kan forkastast som multipath-kandidatar.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tEit enhetsnavn kan identifiserast på tre måtar: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br>" +"<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: World wide ID som enhetsidentifikasjon i svartelisten.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regulære uttrykk kan verta her brukte for å identifisera enhetsnavn i udev_dir (katalogen /dev er standard). Vanlege enhetsnavn er cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Brukast for å identifisera ein spesifikk lagrings-kontrollar i svartelisten. Ei eining kan òg angjevast med produsent- og produktnavn.<br>" +"\n" "</p>" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br>" +"<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>" +"\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppset av svartelisteunntak</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tEnhetsnavn som er angjeven her, er ikkje med på svartelisten.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEit enhetsnavn kan angjevast på tre måtar: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: World wide ID angjev eininga som ikkje er med på svartelisten.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regulære uttrykk kan verta her brukt for å angje enhetsnavn i udev_dir (standard er katalogen /dev). Vanlege enhetsnavn er cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Brukast for å angje ein spesifikk lagrings-kontrollar som ikkje er med på svartelisten. Ei eining kan angjevast med produsent- og produktnavn.<br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppset av svartelisteunntak</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tEnhetsnavn som er angjeven her, er ikkje med på svartelisten.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tEit enhetsnavn kan angjevast på tre måtar: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br>" +"<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: World wide ID angjev eininga som ikkje er med på svartelisten.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regulære uttrykk kan verta her brukt for å angje enhetsnavn i udev_dir (standard er katalogen /dev). Vanlege enhetsnavn er cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Brukast for å angje ein spesifikk lagrings-kontrollar som ikkje er med på svartelisten. Ei eining kan angjevast med produsent- og produktnavn.<br>" +"\n" "</p>" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppset av einingar</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tKontrollar-innstillingar per lagringsenhet er angjeven her. Dei overstyrer standardinnstillinger, og vert overstyrde per multipath-innstilling.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tKvar eining vert angjeven med <b>produsent</b>- og <b>produkt</b>-namn.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppset av einingar</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tKontrollar-innstillingar per lagringsenhet er angjeven her. Dei overstyrer standardinnstillinger, og vert overstyrde per multipath-innstilling.<br>" +"\n" +"\t\t\tKvar eining vert angjeven med <b>produsent</b>- og <b>produkt</b>-namn.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ncurses-pkg.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -784,8 +784,12 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<h3>Velkomen til pakkehandsamaren</h3><p>Med dette verktøyet kan du administrera programvara som er installert på systemet. Du kan installera, oppdatera eller fjerne enkeltpakker, mønstra (pakkesett for spesielle føremål) or språk. Du treng vanlegvis ikkje å bry deg om avhengigheter når du installerer eller fjernar program – pakkehandsamaren ordnar dette for deg. Pakkehandsamaren består av tre deler: <b>filter, pakketabell<b> og <b>menylinje</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p>" +"<p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<h3>Velkomen til pakkehandsamaren</h3>" +"<p>Med dette verktøyet kan du administrera programvara som er installert på systemet. Du kan installera, oppdatera eller fjerne enkeltpakker, mønstra (pakkesett for spesielle føremål) or språk. Du treng vanlegvis ikkje å bry deg om avhengigheter når du installerer eller fjernar program – pakkehandsamaren ordnar dette for deg. Pakkehandsamaren består av tre deler: <b>filter, pakketabell<b> og <b>menylinje</b>.</p>" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 @@ -802,8 +806,27 @@ #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "<ol><li>Pakkestatus (du finn meir informasjon under <i>Pakkestatus og symbol</i> )</li><li>Pakkenavn</li><li>Pakkesammendrag</li><li>Tilgjengeleg versjon (frå dei valde pakkebrønnene)</li><li>Installert versjon (berre for installerte pakker)</li><li>Pakkestørrelse</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol>" +"<li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li>" +" " +"<li>Package name</li>" +"<li>Package summary</li>" +"<li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li>" +" " +"<li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li>" +" " +"<li>Package size</li>" +"</ol>" +msgstr "" +"<ol>" +"<li>Pakkestatus (du finn meir informasjon under <i>Pakkestatus og symbol</i> )</li>" +"<li>Pakkenavn</li>" +"<li>Pakkesammendrag</li>" +"<li>Tilgjengeleg versjon (frå dei valde pakkebrønnene)</li>" +"<li>Installert versjon (berre for installerte pakker)</li>" +"<li>Pakkestørrelse</li>" +"</ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 @@ -826,8 +849,12 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Pakkestatus kan endrast ved hjelp av <i>Handlingar</i>-menyen eller med tastane som er spesifiserte i menypunktene. Bruk til dømes '+' for å installera ein tilleggspakke.</p><p> Statusen \"Tabu\" tyder at pakka aldri skal installerast. Statusen \"Låst\" tyder at den installerte versjonen av pakka alltid skal haldast på.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p>" +"<p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Pakkestatus kan endrast ved hjelp av <i>Handlingar</i>-menyen eller med tastane som er spesifiserte i menypunktene. Bruk til dømes '+' for å installera ein tilleggspakke.</p>" +"<p> Statusen \"Tabu\" tyder at pakka aldri skal installerast. Statusen \"Låst\" tyder at den installerte versjonen av pakka alltid skal haldast på.</p>" #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 @@ -844,14 +871,34 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" -msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: Pakka vil installerast</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Pakka vil installerast automatisk</p><p><b> > </b>: Pakka vil oppgraderast</p><p><b>a> </b>: Pakka vil oppgraderast automatisk</p><p><b> i </b>: Pakka er installert</p><p><b> – </b>: Pakka vil fjernast</p><p><b>---</b>: Installer aldri denne pakka (tabu)</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p>" +"<p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p>" +"<p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p>" +"<p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p>" +"<p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p>" +"<p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p>" +"<p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b> + </b>: Pakka vil installerast</p>" +"<p><b>a+ </b>: Pakka vil installerast automatisk</p>" +"<p><b> > </b>: Pakka vil oppgraderast</p>" +"<p><b>a> </b>: Pakka vil oppgraderast automatisk</p>" +"<p><b> i </b>: Pakka er installert</p>" +"<p><b> – </b>: Pakka vil fjernast</p>" +"<p><b>---</b>: Installer aldri denne pakka (tabu)</p>" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>: Hald på den installerte versjonen. Han skal aldri oppgraderast eller vert fjerna (låst pakke)</p><p>Statusinformasjon for mønster og språk</p><p><b></b>: Alle avhengigheter for dette mønstret/språket er oppfylt</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p>" +"<p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p>" +"<p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>-i-</b>: Hald på den installerte versjonen. Han skal aldri oppgraderast eller vert fjerna (låst pakke)</p>" +"<p>Statusinformasjon for mønster og språk</p>" +"<p><b></b>: Alle avhengigheter for dette mønstret/språket er oppfylt</p>" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -897,7 +944,9 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br>" +" This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Avhengigheter:</b> Denne menyen tilbyr ulike handlingar for å lause pakkekonflikter. Som standard vert kontrollert avhengighetene kvar gong du endrar pakkestatus (<i>Automatisk konfliktkontroll</i> er avkrysset). Du får informasjon om pakkekonflikter og forslag til å løysa dei. Vel ein av dei foreslegne løysingane for å lause ein konflikt, og prøv på nytt.</p>" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 @@ -907,26 +956,36 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br>" +"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Tilgjengelege val for avhengighetskontroll er: <i>Systemverifiseringsmodus</i> (overvak og reparer avhengigheter for allereie installerte pakker og lòs konfliktar umiddelbart), <i>Rydd opp når pakker vert fjerna</i> (fjern pakkar som ikkje lenger krevjast av andre pakker) og <i>Tillat byte av leverandør</i> (pakka kan ha ein annan leverandør enn den installerte pakka). Hugs: Etter at systemet er kontrollert med <i>Verifiser systemet no</i>, vil <i>Systemverifiseringsmodus</i> aktiverast (fjern eventuelt dette valet).</p>" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Advanced options:<br>" +" <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>View:</b><br>" +"Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Vis:</b> Her kan du velja kva for ein informasjon som skal visast om den valde pakka i vindauget under pakketabellen. Tilgjengelege val er: pakkebeskrivelse, teknisk informasjon (versjon, storleik, lisens osb.), pakkeversjoner (alle tigjengelige), filliste (alle filene som pakka består av) og avhengigheter (gir, krev osb.).</p>" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>" +"This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Oppset:</b> I denne menyen er pakkevelgeren integrert med resten av pakkehandsamarverktøyene. Her kan du velja <b>Start pakkebrønnhandsamar</b> for å redigera pakkebrønner, velja å oppdatera pakkebrønner og setja opp periodisk nedlasting av tilgjengelege oppdateringar (<b>Start oppsett av online-oppdatering</b>). Du kan òg velja ein av dei tre måtane pakkevelgeren skal avsluttast på i menyen <b>Handlng etter pakkeinstallasjon</b>.</p>" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>" +"Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>Under <b>Tillegg:</b> finn du diverse funksjonar. <i>Eksportar pakkeliste til fil</i> lagrar rådata om installerte pakker, mønster og språk i ein spesifisert XML-fil. Denne fila kan seinare brukast av funksjonen <i>Importar pakkeliste frå fil</i>, t.d. på ein anna datamaskin. Dette vil gje pakkene på måldatamaskinen same status som XML-fila skildrar. <i>Vis ledig diskplass</i> vil visa brukt og ledig plass på den monterte partisjonen i eit oppsprettvindu.</p>" #. label of a frame with search settings @@ -1163,7 +1222,9 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>General information about patches:</p>" +"<p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue @@ -1175,17 +1236,32 @@ #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Statusindikatorenes tyding:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Pakkeoppdateringer for installasjonen er forhåndsvalgt. Dei vil lastast ned og installert. Viss du ikkje ynskjer ei spesiell oppdatering, kan du velja han bort med '-'.</p><p><b> i</b>: Alle avhengigheter for denne pakkeoppdateringen er oppfylt.</p><p><b>+ </b>: Du har valt å installera denne pakkeoppdateringen.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p>" +"<p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p>" +"<p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p>" +"<p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Statusindikatorenes tyding:</p>" +"<p><b>a+ </b>: Pakkeoppdateringer for installasjonen er forhåndsvalgt. Dei vil lastast ned og installert. Viss du ikkje ynskjer ei spesiell oppdatering, kan du velja han bort med '-'.</p>" +"<p><b> i</b>: Alle avhengigheter for denne pakkeoppdateringen er oppfylt.</p>" +"<p><b>+ </b>: Du har valt å installera denne pakkeoppdateringen.</p>" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>More details about the status:<br>" +"If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>The menus:</p>" +"<p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>" +"Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>" +"The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>" +"The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup @@ -1240,8 +1316,12 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" -msgstr "<p>Alle vala dine vil gå tapt når du avsluttar med Avbryt.<br>Vil du verkeleg avslutta?</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>" +"Really exit?</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Alle vala dine vil gå tapt når du avsluttar med Avbryt.<br>" +"Vil du verkeleg avslutta?</p>" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 @@ -1298,8 +1378,22 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 #, fuzzy -msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" -msgstr "<b>Oppgraderingsfeil</b><br><p>Pakkene i lista kan ikkje oppgraderast automatisk.</p><p>Moglege årsaker:</p><p>Dei er inkompatible pga. installasjon av andre pakker.</p><p>Det finst ingen nyare versjon å oppgradera til på installasjonsmediene.</p><p>Det er pakker frå tredjepart</p><p>Vel kva du vil gjera med dei manuelt. Det sikraste alternativet er å fjerna pakka.</p>" +msgid "" +"<b>Update Problem List</b><br>" +"<p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p>" +"<p>Possible reasons:</p>" +"<p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p>" +"<p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p>" +"<p>They are third-party packages</p>" +"<p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<b>Oppgraderingsfeil</b><br>" +"<p>Pakkene i lista kan ikkje oppgraderast automatisk.</p>" +"<p>Moglege årsaker:</p>" +"<p>Dei er inkompatible pga. installasjon av andre pakker.</p>" +"<p>Det finst ingen nyare versjon å oppgradera til på installasjonsmediene.</p>" +"<p>Det er pakker frå tredjepart</p>" +"<p>Vel kva du vil gjera med dei manuelt. Det sikraste alternativet er å fjerna pakka.</p>" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 @@ -1340,11 +1434,16 @@ msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p>" +"<p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" +msgid "" +"<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p>" +"<p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +"<p>" msgstr "" #, fuzzy Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nfs_server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -302,7 +302,8 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Viss serveren må handtera NFSv4-klientar, kryss av for <B>Aktivum NFSv4</B>,\n" "og angje NFSv4-domenenavnet som idmapping-nissen skal nytta. bruk\n" -"'localdomain' eller sjå manualsiden for 'idmapd' og 'idmapd.conf' viss du er uusikker.</p>\n" +"'localdomain' eller sjå manualsiden for 'idmapd' og 'idmapd.conf' viss du er uusikker.</p>" +"\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 @@ -312,7 +313,8 @@ "<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Viss klient og servar skal autentiseres ved hjelp av GSS-bibiloteket, vel <b>Aktivum GSS-tryggleik</b>.\n" -"Kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) er krevjast for å nytta GSS API.</p>\n" +"Kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) er krevjast for å nytta GSS API.</p>" +"\n" #. frame label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 @@ -608,15 +610,19 @@ #~ "<p>In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n" #~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n" #~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n" -#~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use<br />\n" +#~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use<br />" +#~ "\n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" -#~ "/Eve/husband 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>\n" +#~ "/Eve/husband 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>" +#~ "\n" #~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>Ved fleire eksportar til same NFSv4,\n" #~ "må du knyta tilleggseksportene (som ikkje har fsid=0) til eksporten som har fsid=0.\n" #~ "For å eksportera serverfilstiene <tt>/Eva</tt> og <tt>/Adam</tt> som høvesvis\n" -#~ "<tt>/</tt> og <tt>/ektemann</tt>, bruk<br />\n" +#~ "<tt>/</tt> og <tt>/ektemann</tt>, bruk<br />" +#~ "\n" #~ "<pre>/Eva 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,…)\n" -#~ "/Eva/ektemann 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,…)</pre>\n" +#~ "/Eva/ektemann 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,…)</pre>" +#~ "\n" #~ "</p>" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/nis_server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -192,11 +192,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n" -"file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n" +"file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel om <i>passwd</i>-fila skal slåast saman med <i>shadow</i>\n" "-fila og om <i>group</i>-fila skal slåast saman med <i>gshadow</i>\n" -"-fila (berre mogleg viss <i>shadow</i>- eller <i>gshadow</i>-filene finst).</p>\n" +"-fila (berre mogleg viss <i>shadow</i>- eller <i>gshadow</i>-filene finst).</p>" +"\n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 @@ -260,10 +262,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" -"the corresponding option.</p>\n" +"the corresponding option.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Angje eit NIS-<b>domane</b>. Dersom denne vertsmaskinen òg er ein NIS-klient, kryssar\n" -"du av for dette.</p>\n" +"du av for dette.</p>" +"\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 @@ -272,12 +276,14 @@ "<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" "<i>Active Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\n" "<i>Fast Map distribution</i>, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\n" -"slaves.</p>\n" +"slaves.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>For at slaveservere skal samarbeida med denne hovedserveren, merk av for\n" "<i>Aktivert slave-NIS-servar finst</i>. Vel\n" "<i>Rask kartdistribusjon</i> for å auka kartoverføringshastigheten til\n" -"slavane.</p>\n" +"slavane.</p>" +"\n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 @@ -286,12 +292,14 @@ "<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their\n" "passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" -"be used to set up these more specific options.</p>\n" +"be used to set up these more specific options.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><i>Tillat endring av passord</i> lèt brukarar endra passorda\n" "sine der NIS finnast. Knappane for å tillata endring av\n" "innloggingsskall eller GECOS (fullt namn og relatert informasjon) kan brukast\n" -"for å setja opp meir spesifikke alternativ.</p>\n" +"for å setja opp meir spesifikke alternativ.</p>" +"\n" #. To translators: checkbox label #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 @@ -370,17 +378,21 @@ #: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>" +"\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" -"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" +"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Brannmurinnstillinger</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Brannmurinnstillinger</b><br>" +"\n" "For å opne ein brannmur for å gje tilgjenge til NIS-serveren\n" "frå eksertne datamaskiner, vel <b>Opne port i brannmur</b>.\n" "For å velja grensesnitt som porten sal vert opna for, klikk <b>Brannmurinformasjon</b>.\n" -"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren er aktivert.</p>\n" +"Dette alternativet er tilgjengeleg berre dersom brannmuren er aktivert.</p>" +"\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 @@ -433,10 +445,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ein oppføring med <b>nettverksmaske</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> og <b>nettverk</b>\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> må finnast for å tillata tilkoblinger frå den lokale vertsmaskinen.</p>\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> må finnast for å tillata tilkoblinger frå den lokale vertsmaskinen.</p>" +"\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -590,10 +604,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\n" -"<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\n" +"<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel om du vil konfigurera NIS-serveren som <b>hovedserver</b> eller\n" -"<b>slave</b>, eller om du ikkje vil konfigurera ein NIS-servar.</p>\n" +"<b>slave</b>, eller om du ikkje vil konfigurera ein NIS-servar.</p>" +"\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/ntp-client.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -571,15 +571,13 @@ msgstr "NTP-servar" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 #, fuzzy msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Lokal NTP-servar" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 #, fuzzy msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Offentleg NTP-servar" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/oneclickinstall.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:48+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -125,8 +125,7 @@ msgstr "Du finn meir informasjon på <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_click_install</tt>." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * -#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 -#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:47 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:47 msgid "Select the software components you wish to install:" msgstr "Vel programvarekomponentane du vil installera:" @@ -159,8 +158,7 @@ #. Load the xml communication from the user interface. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:107 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:136 -#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:168 -#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:41 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:168 src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:41 msgid "Repositories" msgstr "Pakkebrønnar" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update-configuration.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-29 17:31+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/online-update.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-12 21:19+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -157,8 +157,12 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Viss det finst spesielle meldingar i samband med pakkeoppdateringane,vert desse viste i eit eige vindauge når oppdateringa vert installert.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Viss det finst spesielle meldingar i samband med pakkeoppdateringane,vert desse viste i eit eige vindauge når oppdateringa vert installert.</p>" +"\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -415,8 +419,7 @@ msgid "Try again" msgstr "Prøv på nytt" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "Hopp over oppdateringa" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/opensuse_mirror.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/pam.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-06 21:28+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/product-creator.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -514,10 +514,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\n" -"press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n" +"press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Kontroller at informasjonen i Sammendrag-feltet er riktig, og\n" -"trykk deretter på Fullfør for å gå tilbake til hoveddialogen.</p>\n" +"trykk deretter på Fullfør for å gå tilbake til hoveddialogen.</p>" +"\n" #. caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 @@ -529,22 +531,26 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Verifying data and packages...\n" -" </p>\n" +" </p>" +"\n" " \n" msgstr "" "<p>Vent medan informasjonen og pakkene vert kontrollerte...\n" -" </p>\n" +" </p>" +"\n" " " #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" -"Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n" +"Fix the problem and try again.</p>" +"\n" " " msgstr "" "<p>Viss noko er gale, vil prosessen avbrytast.\n" -"Rett opp feilen, og forsøk igjen.</p>\n" +"Rett opp feilen, og forsøk igjen.</p>" +"\n" " " #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 @@ -1019,11 +1025,13 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" +"<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>" +"\n" "To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Signar</b></big><br>\n" +"<p><big><b>Signar</b></big><br>" +"\n" "Ved å signera produktet med ein GPG-nøkkel, kan brukarar verifisera produktet.\n" "Nøkkelen vert kontrollert når produktet vert lagt til som ein pakkebrønn.</p>" @@ -1088,7 +1096,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Kontroller at informasjonen i sammendraget er riktig, og\n" "trykk Neste for å halda fram.\n" @@ -1098,98 +1107,134 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oppstartsalternativer</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oppstartsalternativer</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Her kan du leggja til fleire oppføringer i oppstartsmenyen og nokon oppstartsvalg.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan til dømes \n" "setja opp CD-ein for automatisk installasjon og angje ein installasjonskilde.\n" -"Viss du er usikker, bør du ikkje endra denne fila, men bruka originalen.</p>\n" +"Viss du er usikker, bør du ikkje endra denne fila, men bruka originalen.</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer oppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta oppsettverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" -"edit those configurations.<br></p>\n" +"edit those configurations.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversyn over oppsett av produktgenerator</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oversyn over oppsett av produktgenerator</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Her kan du visa eit oversyn over tilgjengelege oppsett. Du kan òg\n" -"redigera desse oppsetta.<br></p>\n" +"redigera desse oppsetta.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Legg til eit oppsett:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Legg til eit oppsett:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Trykk på <b>Legg til</b> for å oppretta eit nytt oppsett.</p>" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" -"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Rediger eller slett:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Vel eit oppsett du vil endra eller sletta.\n" -"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.</p>\n" +"Klikk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b>.</p>" +"\n" #. overview dialog help part 4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 @@ -1213,86 +1258,117 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" -"the packages to add to the ISO image.<br></p>\n" +"the packages to add to the ISO image.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Namn på oppsett og pakker</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Namn på oppsett og pakker</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Vel eit namn for oppsettet og ein metode for val av pakker\n" -"som skal leggjast til i ISO-diskbildet.<br></p>\n" +"som skal leggjast til i ISO-diskbildet.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n" +"<b>AutoYaST Profile</b>" +"<p>\n" "Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<b>AutoYaST-profil</b><p>\n" +"<b>AutoYaST-profil</b>" +"<p>\n" "Vel ein AutoYaST-profil for programvareoppsettet.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<b>Software Manager</b><p>\n" +"<b>Software Manager</b>" +"<p>\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\n" "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\n" "creating this CD.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<b>Pakkehandsamar</b><p>\n" +"<b>Pakkehandsamar</b>" +"<p>\n" "Nytte pakkehandsamaren utan forhåndsvalgte pakkar. Alle\n" "pakkar som elles ville ha vorte valde automatisk under installasjonen, må\n" "veljast manuelt i samsvar med maskinvaren og arkitekturen du\n" "opprettar denne CDEN-ein for.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Source selection help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n" -"Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Select at least one package source.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Vel pakkekilder</big></b><br>\n" -"Vel minst ein pakkekilde.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Vel pakkekilder</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vel minst ein pakkekilde.</p>" +"\n" #. Source selection help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>" +"\n" "It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" -"All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" +"All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>" +"\n" "<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Målarkitektur</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Målarkitektur</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Du kan oppretta eit produkt for andre arkitekturar, enn arkitekturen på denne maskina.\n" -"Alle valde pakkebrønner må støtte målarkitekturen.<br>\n" +"Alle valde pakkebrønner må støtte målarkitekturen.<br>" +"\n" "<b>Merk:</b> KIWI støttar førebels ikkje fleire arkitekturar. Du må ikkje endra\n" -"arkitekturen viss du vil oppretta ein KIWI-diskbilde med dette oppsettet.</p>\n" +"arkitekturen viss du vil oppretta ein KIWI-diskbilde med dette oppsettet.</p>" +"\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" "files will be copied to this directory. Select a location with enough disk\n" "space.\n" -"<br></p>\n" +"<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>ISO-katalog og diskbilde</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>ISO-katalog og diskbilde</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Angje kor katalogen med grunnstrukturen skal opprettast. Alle naudsynte\n" "filer vil kopierast til denne katalogen. Vel ei plassering med nok plass på\n" "disken.\n" -"<br></p>\n" +"<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 @@ -1300,11 +1376,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Opprett eit ISO-diskbilde eller berre ein katalog der \n" "eit ISO-diskbilde kan verta seinare oppretta.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 @@ -1312,11 +1390,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" "to the skeleton. \n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å spara plass kan du kryssa av for at berre naudsynte filer \n" "skal verta til kopiert grunnstrukturen. \n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 @@ -1330,11 +1410,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" "product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" -"bootable.</p>\n" +"bootable.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Ein av pakkebrønnene må merkast som grunnpakkebrønn. Grunnpakkebrønnen\n" "må kunna brukast til oppstart for å sikre at det oppretta produktet òg\n" -"kan brukast til oppstart av ei maskin.</p>\n" +"kan brukast til oppstart av ei maskin.</p>" +"\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 @@ -1348,7 +1430,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" -"repository from the list.</p>\n" +"repository from the list.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Produktgeneratoren løyser konfliktar for dei valde produkta og foreslår\n" "eit grunnprodukt. Viss det foreslegne verdet er feil, vel riktig grunnpakkebrønn\n" @@ -1558,18 +1641,25 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" -"<p>%2.</p>\n" +"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>" +"\n" +"<p>%2.</p>" +"\n" "<p>\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>" +"\n" "<p>\n" "Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Desse pakkene frå seksjonen '%1' er ikkje tilgjengelege med valde pakkebrønner:</p>\n" -"<p>%2.</p>\n" +"<p>Desse pakkene frå seksjonen '%1' er ikkje tilgjengelege med valde pakkebrønner:</p>" +"\n" +"<p>%2.</p>" +"\n" "<p>\n" -"Du kan fjerna pakkene frå seksjonen og kryssa av for detaljert pakkevalg, eller ignorera situasjonen.</p>\n" +"Du kan fjerna pakkene frå seksjonen og kryssa av for detaljert pakkevalg, eller ignorera situasjonen.</p>" +"\n" "<p>\n" "Viss du går til detaljert pakkevalg, og stadfestar visningen utan endringar, vil problempakker fjernast frå seksjonen.\n" "</p>" @@ -2062,10 +2152,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n" -"to which the users belongs.</p>\n" +"to which the users belongs.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>For kvar brukar, angje <b>Namn</b>, <b>Passord</b>, <b>Hjemmekatalog</b> og gruppa\n" -"som brukaren tilhøyrer.</p>\n" +"som brukaren tilhøyrer.</p>" +"\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/proxy.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -92,7 +92,8 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" -"<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" +"<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>" +"\n" "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>" @@ -102,14 +103,16 @@ #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" -"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" +"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" -"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" +"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 @@ -137,7 +140,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" -"for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" +"for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 @@ -145,14 +149,16 @@ msgid "" "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" -"the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" +"the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p>" +" \n" msgstr "" #. CheckBox entry label Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/qt-pkg.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -132,8 +132,7 @@ msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Oppgrader viss nyare versjon er tilgjengeleg" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 -#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Oppgrader uansett" @@ -870,8 +869,12 @@ #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "<p>Bruk dette valet for å generera detaljerte loggar for feilsøking av konfliktløsningen. Loggene vil lagrast i katalogen <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br>" +"<tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Bruk dette valet for å generera detaljerte loggar for feilsøking av konfliktløsningen. Loggene vil lagrast i katalogen <br>" +"<tt>%1</tt></p>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -881,8 +884,14 @@ #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" -msgstr "<p>Testkasus for konfliktløsning lagra i <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>vil du oppretta arkivet <tt>y2log sin.tgz tek</tt> som vedlegg til Bugzilla?</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br>" +"<tt>%1</tt></p>" +"<p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Testkasus for konfliktløsning lagra i <br>" +"<tt>%1</tt></p>" +"<p>vil du oppretta arkivet <tt>y2log sin.tgz tek</tt> som vedlegg til Bugzilla?</p>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -893,8 +902,12 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Feil</b> under skiping av testkasus for konfliktløsning</p><p>Kontroller at det er nok plass på disken, og at du er autorisert for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p>" +"<p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Feil</b> under skiping av testkasus for konfliktløsning</p>" +"<p>Kontroller at det er nok plass på disken, og at du er autorisert for <tt>%1</tt></p>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1702,37 +1715,49 @@ #: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<br>\n" -"<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" +"<br>" +"\n" +"<h2>Update Problem</h2>" +"\n" "<p>\n" "The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n" -"</p>\n" -"<p>Possible reasons:</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" +"<p>Possible reasons:</p>" +"\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n" "<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n" "<li>They are third-party packages\n" -"</ul>\n" -"</p>\n" +"</ul>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" "<p>\n" "Please choose manually what to do with them.\n" "The safest course of action is to delete them.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<br>\n" -"<h2>Oppgraderingsproblem</h2>\n" +"<br>" +"\n" +"<h2>Oppgraderingsproblem</h2>" +"\n" "<p>\n" "<font color=blue>\n" "Pakkene i denne lista kan ikkje oppgraderast automatisk.\n" "</font>\n" -"</p>\n" -"<p>Moglege årsaker:</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" +"<p>Moglege årsaker:</p>" +"\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>Dei har vorte forelda pga. andre pakker\n" "<li>Det finst ingen nyare versjon å oppgradera til på nokon installasjonsmedier\n" "<li>Det er tredjepartspakker\n" -"</ul>\n" -"</p>\n" +"</ul>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" "<p>\n" "Vel manuelt kva du vil gjera med dei.\n" "Det sikraste alternativet er å sletta dei.\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/relocation-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -186,48 +186,66 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n" -"Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n" -"<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n" -"<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n" +"<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>" +"\n" +"Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>" +"\n" +"<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>" +"\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>" +"\n" +"<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>" +"\n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>" +"\n" +"<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/samba-users.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-06 21:32+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk \n" @@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ "which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" "settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n" "empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" -"be used.</p>\n" +"be used.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Dette programtillegget kan brukast for å gjera ei LDAP-gruppe tilgjengelgeg i Samba.\n" "Einaste instilling tilgjengeleg er <b>Samba-gruppenamn</b>, som er namnet\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/scanner.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -412,12 +412,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Please wait...\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Initialiserer skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Initialiserer skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Vent...\n" "</p>" @@ -426,12 +428,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Please wait...\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Lagrar skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Lagrar skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Vent...\n" "</p>" @@ -440,12 +444,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Skannerkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Konfigurer eller rediger skannerkonfigurasjonen og vis skannere som allereie er aktivert.\n" "</p>" @@ -490,7 +496,8 @@ "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" "If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ein vanleg USB-skannar byrd finnast automatisk.\n" @@ -509,7 +516,8 @@ "Viss du har problem med å setja opp skanneren her,\n" "kontrollar resultatet av kommandoen <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" "Viss ikkje skanneren vert funnet av den kommandoen, kan ikkje USB-systemet kommunisera med skanneren.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Overview dialog help 4/8: #. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. @@ -545,7 +553,8 @@ "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" "you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Parallellportskannere kan ikkje verta opp sett med dette verktøyet,\n" @@ -579,7 +588,8 @@ "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" "you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" "before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Nettverksskannere kan ikkje verta opp sett med dette verktøyet,\n" @@ -663,7 +673,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>" +"\n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" "Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" @@ -671,7 +682,8 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Val av skannermodell</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Val av skannermodell</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Alle kjende skannermodeller er oppførde her, anten dei er støtta eller ikkje.\n" "Les all informasjon grundig før du vel ein modell, og klikk <b>Neste</b>.\n" "Informasjonen er basert på data frå SANE-prosjektet som du finn på\n" @@ -687,7 +699,8 @@ "<p>\n" "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" "Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>" +"\n" "When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" "But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" @@ -697,7 +710,8 @@ "<p>\n" "Ein modell vert støtta viss det er minst éin tilgjengeleg skannerdriver.\n" "Dei fleste skannerdrivere kjem frå SANE-prosjektet og finst i pakka sane-backends.\n" -"Status for ulike modellar varierer frå minimal til full støtt.<br>\n" +"Status for ulike modellar varierer frå minimal til full støtt.<br>" +"\n" "Når ein driv skildrast som 'ikkje vedlikeholdt', tyder det ikkje at han ikkje fungerer.\n" "Ein ikkje vedlikholdt driv kan fungera perfekt,\n" "men det tyder at det ikkje lenger finst nokon som har kunnskap om funksjonen til drivaren,\n" @@ -765,16 +779,19 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>" +"\n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" "This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n" "If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Konfigurasjon av skannar og driv</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Konfigurasjon av skannar og driv</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Drivaren vert aktivert, og systemet søkjer etter tilhøyrande skannere.\n" -"Dette kan ta nokre sekund, og du må venta til du kan klikka <b>Neste</b>.<br>\n" +"Dette kan ta nokre sekund, og du må venta til du kan klikka <b>Neste</b>.<br>" +"\n" "Klikk på <b>Tilbake</b> for å deaktivere drivaren.\n" "</p>" @@ -783,14 +800,16 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>" +"\n" "If the package that provides the driver is not yet installed,\n" "an appropriate dialog is shown to install the package.\n" "Such packages may not be available for all architectures.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Tilleggspakker</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Tilleggspakker</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Viss pakka som inneheld drivaren ikkje er installert enno,\n" "kjem ein installasjonsdialog opp.\n" "Slike pakker er kanskje ikkje tilgjengelege for alle arkitekturar\n" @@ -801,12 +820,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Some models require a firmware upload.\n" "In this case, an appropriate explanatory text is shown.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p> <b><big>Opplasting av fastvare:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p> <b><big>Opplasting av fastvare:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Nokre modellar krev opplasting av fastvare.\n" "Dersom dette vert kravt, vil ei forklaring visast.\n" "</p>" @@ -824,7 +845,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>" +"\n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" "There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" @@ -838,7 +860,8 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>HP alt i eit-einingar:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>HP alt i eit-einingar:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "HP alt i eit-einingar kan krevja eit spesielt oppsett.\n" "Ein dialog vil koma opp dersom dette er naudsynt.\n" "Det finst to programvarepakker som støttar HP alt i eit-einingar:\n" @@ -858,12 +881,14 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Enter the appropriate information and press <b>Next</b>\n" "to set up scanning via network.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p> <b><big>Skanning via nettverket</big></b><br>\n" +"<p> <b><big>Skanning via nettverket</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Angje naudsynt informasjon og trykk <b>Neste</b>\n" "for å konfigurera skanning via nettverket.\n" "</p>" @@ -877,7 +902,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>" +"\n" "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" "In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" @@ -888,7 +914,8 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Serverinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Serverinnstillinger</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Viss du har lokalt tilkoblede skannere som du vil gjera tilgjengelege via nettverket,\n" "må du konfigurera saned-nissen for nettverksskanning slik at vertsmaskinen vert ein servar.\n" "Angje kva for klientvertsmaskiner som har tilgjenge til saned på serveren under <b>Tillatne klientar</b>.\n" @@ -909,7 +936,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>" +"\n" "A firewall is used to protect running server processes\n" "on your host against unwanted access via network.\n" "For using scanners via network the SANE network daemon (the saned)\n" @@ -917,14 +945,16 @@ "can access scanners which are connected to your local host.\n" "Client hosts contact the saned via the sane-port (TCP port 6566)\n" "but scanning data is transferred via an additional random port.\n" -"Therefore only port 6566 is not sufficient for scanning via network.<br>\n" +"Therefore only port 6566 is not sufficient for scanning via network.<br>" +"\n" "Do not open the sane-port 6566 or any other port\n" "regarding using scanners for the external zone in the firewall.\n" "This is dangerous because it allows access to the saned from foreign hosts\n" "so that the firewall does no longer provide any protection for the saned.\n" "Allowing access from the external network (i.e. for the external zone)\n" "does not make sense because scanning documents requires\n" -"physical scanner access by trusted users.<br>\n" +"physical scanner access by trusted users.<br>" +"\n" "On the other hand the default firewall settings allow\n" "any access from an internal (i.e. trusted) network.\n" "To make the saned on your server accessible from an internal network,\n" @@ -932,14 +962,17 @@ "to the internal zone of the firewall.\n" "Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n" "regarding network security and firewall and scanning via network\n" -"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n" +"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>" +"\n" "For details see the openSUSE support database\n" -"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n" +"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>" +"\n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Om brannmurar</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Om brannmurar</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Ein brannmur vert nytta for å verna køyrande serverprosesser\n" "på din vertsmaskin mot uønska tilgjenge via nettverket.\n" "For å bruka skannere via nettverket er det SANE-nettverksnissen (saned)\n" @@ -947,14 +980,16 @@ "har tilgjenge til skannere som er koblet til din vertsmaskin.\n" "Klientmaskiner kontaktar saned vigde sane-porten (TCP-port 6566),\n" "men skannedata vert overførde via fleire vilkårlige portar.\n" -"Difor er ikkje port 6566 nok for skanning via nettverket.<br>\n" +"Difor er ikkje port 6566 nok for skanning via nettverket.<br>" +"\n" "sane-port 6566 eller andre portar\n" "som vert til brukte skanning, må ikkje opnast for den eksterne sona i brannmuren.\n" "Dette er farleg fordi det gjev tilgjenge til saned frå eksterne vertsmaskiner,\n" "og brannmuren gjev inkje vern for saned.\n" "Å gje tilgjenge frå det eksterne nettverket (dvs. frå ekstern sone)\n" "gir inga meining, fordi skanning av dokument krev\n" -"fysisk skannertilgang frå pålitelege brukarar.<br>\n" +"fysisk skannertilgang frå pålitelege brukarar.<br>" +"\n" "På den andre sida gjev standardinnstillingene for brannmuren\n" "fritt tilgjenge frå eit internt (dvs. påliteleg) nettverk.\n" "For å gje tilgjenge til saned på din servar frå eit internt nettverk,\n" @@ -962,9 +997,11 @@ "tilordnes til den interne brannmursonen.\n" "Bruk brannmurmodulen i YaST for å utføra dette grunnoppsettet.\n" "Då vil skanning via nettverket fungera sikkert og effektivt\n" -"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>\n" +"utan ytterlegare brannmurinnstillinger.<br>" +"\n" "Du finn meir informasjon i openSUSE support database\n" -"i artikkelen 'Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' på<br>\n" +"i artikkelen 'Anda til CUP SANE Firewall settings' på<br>" +"\n" "http://ein.opensuse.org/SDB:CUP sin_and_sANE_firewall_settings\n" "</p>" @@ -976,7 +1013,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>" +"\n" "If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" "set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" @@ -986,7 +1024,8 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Klientinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Klientinnstillinger</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Viss du vil ha tilgjenge til skannere som er koblet til andre maskiner (servera) på nettverket,\n" "må du konfigurera net-metadriveren for å få tilgjenge til dei via nissen som køyrar på serverne.\n" "saned-nissen og brannmuren på serverne må gje tilgjenge til klienten.\n" @@ -1007,7 +1046,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "By using the loopback network, saned and the net metadriver\n" "can be used even on your local host.\n" "In this case, the server and client are the same machine (localhost).\n" @@ -1017,7 +1057,8 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><big>Konfigurasjon av lokal vertsmaskin:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b><big>Konfigurasjon av lokal vertsmaskin:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Ved hjelp av loopback-nettverket kan saned og net-metadriveren\n" "òg vert nytta på den lokale maskina di.\n" "I dette tilfellet er serveren og klienten same maskin (localhost).\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/slp-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -185,102 +185,142 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon for SLP-servar</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfigurasjon for SLP-servar</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for SLP-servar</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon for SLP-servar</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" -"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" +"edit their configurations.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversyn over SLP-serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oversyn over SLP-serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte SLP-servera. Du kan òg\n" -"redigera konfigurasjonane.<br></p>\n" +"redigera konfigurasjonane.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\n" -"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein SLP-servar:</big></b><br>\n" -"Trykkar <b>Legg til</b> for å konfigurera ein SLP-servar.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Leggja til ein SLP-servar:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Trykkar <b>Legg til</b> for å konfigurera ein SLP-servar.</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" -"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Redigera eller slette:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Vel ein SLP-servar du vil endra eller sletta.\n" -"Trykk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>\n" +"Trykk deretter <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slett</b> etter behov.</p>" +"\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" -"<br></p>" +"<br>" +"</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, første del</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, første del</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.\n" -"<br></p>" +"<br>" +"</p>" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>" +"\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Velja noko:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Velja noko:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Du må hacke litt før du kan velja noko :-)\n" "</p>" @@ -288,13 +328,19 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" -"<br></p>\n" +"<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, andre del</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Konfigurasjon, andre del</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Trykk <b>Neste</b> for å halda fram.\n" -"<br></p>\n" +"<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 #, fuzzy @@ -308,13 +354,15 @@ "In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" "sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" "about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" -"answers.</p>\n" +"answers.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her kan du definera modusen for SLP-nissen. Den enklaste modusen er <b>Kringkasting</b>.\n" "Det inneber at SLP-nissen svarar på alle kringkasta førespurnader. Neste modus er <b>Multikast</b>. I denne modusen svarar nissen på forspørsler\n" "send via multikast i riktige OMRÅDE. I modusen <b>DÅ-servar</b> informerer nissen DÅ-servera med spesifiserte IP-adresser\n" "om statisk og dynamisk registrerte tenester. Det siste valet er <b>Vert DÅ-servar</b>. Dette er ein mellomlagringsserver for teneste-\n" -"svar.</p>\n" +"svar.</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 #, fuzzy Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sound.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -863,12 +863,14 @@ "<p>\n" "To configure this sound card and adjust its \n" "volume, check <b>Normal setup</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For å konfigurera dette lydkortet og justera \n" "lydstyrken, kryss av for <b>Normalt oppsett</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - setup type selection 2/3 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 @@ -877,12 +879,14 @@ "<p>To set a special option, \n" "check <b>Advanced setup</b>.\n" "Most users will not need this.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>For å velja eit spesielt alternativ, \n" "kryss av for <b>Avansert oppsett</b>.\n" "Dei fleste brukarar har ikkje behov for dette.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - setup type selection 3/3 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 @@ -892,13 +896,15 @@ "If you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \n" "check <b>Quick automatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and \n" "change options later.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Viss du ikkje vil justera lydstyrke eller velja alternativ no, \n" "kryss av for <b>Raskt automatisk oppsett</b>. Du kan stilla inn lydstyrken og \n" "endra alternativ seinare.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - quick configuration 2/3 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 @@ -908,13 +914,15 @@ "If you do not want to adjust the volume now, check <b>Quick \n" "automatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and change options \n" "later.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Viss du ikkje vil justera lydstyrke no, kryss av for <b>Raskt \n" "automatisk oppsett</b>. Du kan stilla inn lydstyrken og endra alternativ \n" "seinare.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - quick configuration 3/3 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 @@ -938,13 +946,15 @@ "<b>Manually</b> choose the sound card to \n" "configure. Search for a particular sound card by \n" "entering the name in the search box.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" "<b></b>Vel lydkortetet som skal konfigurerast \n" "manuelt. Søk etter eit spesielt lydkort ved å \n" "skriva namnet i søkefeltet.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - sound card selection 2/2 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 @@ -953,12 +963,14 @@ "<p>\n" "Select <b>All</b> to see the entire list of \n" "supported sound card models.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel <b>Alle</b> for å vise heile lista over\n" "lydkortmodeller som vert støtta.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 @@ -966,11 +978,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the type of card to configure.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel kva for ein korttype som skal konfigurerast.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 @@ -980,13 +994,15 @@ "If the list contains <b>autodetected</b> cards not yet \n" "configured, select one and continue. Otherwise,\n" "use <b>manual selection</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Viss lista inneheld <b>automatisk detekterte</b> kort \n" "som ikkje er konfigurert enno, vel eit kort og hald fram. Viss ikkje,\n" "bruk <b>manuelt val</b>.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated #. (popup label message) @@ -1011,13 +1027,15 @@ "Here, modify options for the sound modules. \n" "If you are not <b>absolutely sure</b> what you are doing, \n" "leave this dialog untouched. \n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Her kan du endra alternativ for lydmodulene. \n" "Viss du ikkje er <b>heilt sikker</b> på kva du gjer, \n" "bør du ikkje gjera endringar i denne dialogen. \n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - options dialog 2/2 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 @@ -1030,7 +1048,8 @@ "<B>Possible value</B>. Reset all values \n" "by pressing <b>Reset</b>. Numeric values can be entered as \n" "decimal or hexadecimal (hexadecimal with a <b>0x</b> prefix).\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vel alternativet som skal brukast, og klikk <b>Bruk</b> \n" @@ -1039,7 +1058,8 @@ "<B>Mogleg verd</B>. Tilbakestill alle verd \n" "ved å klikka <b>Tilbakestill</b>. Numeriske verd kan leggjast inn som \n" "desimalar eller heksadesimaler (heksadesimaler med eit<b>0x</b>-prefiks).\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - mixer setting 1/4 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 @@ -1047,11 +1067,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Adjust the volume.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Juster lydstyrken.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - mixer setting 2/4 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 @@ -1060,12 +1082,14 @@ "<p>\n" "Test your sound card by pressing <b>Test</b>.\n" "\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Test lydkortet ved å klikka <b>Test</b>.\n" "\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - mixer setting 3/4 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 @@ -1074,12 +1098,14 @@ "<p>\n" "After configuration is complete, use <b>amixer</b> \n" "or any program of your choice to adjust the volume.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Når konfigurasjon er fullførd, kan du bruka <b>amixer</b> \n" "eller kva for eit som helst anna program for å justera lydstyrken.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. help text - mixer setting 4/4 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 @@ -1088,12 +1114,14 @@ "<p><b>WARNING:</b> Start testing your\n" "sound card with <b>very</b> low volume settings to prevent \n" "damage.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>ADVARSEL:</b> Start testen av\n" "lydkortet med <b>svært</b> lavd lydstyrkeinnstillinger for å unngå \n" "skadar.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. warning/question message #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 @@ -1317,13 +1345,15 @@ "Use <b>Other</b> to set the volume of the selected card or configure\n" "the module loaded for playing MIDI files (<b>Start Sequencer</b>).\n" "Use <b>Play Test Sound</b> to test the selected card.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Nytte <b>Anna</b> for å stille inn volumet for det valde kortet eller velja\n" "ein modul som skal lastast for å spille av MIDI-filar (<b>Start sekvensar</b>).\n" "Bruk <b>Spill test-lydar</b> for å testa valt kort.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 #, fuzzy @@ -1367,14 +1397,16 @@ "<b>options</b> to the ALSA module. If your sound card still\n" "will not work, try <i>OSS/Free</i> or \n" "another module.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Viss problemet held fram, forsøk å velja ulike \n" "<b>alternativ</b> for ALSA-modulen. Viss lydkortet framleis\n" "ikkje verkar, forsøk <i>OSS/Free</i> \n" "eller ein annan modul.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 #, fuzzy @@ -1382,12 +1414,14 @@ "<p>\n" "This is the complete sound card list. Use the <b>Finish</b> button \n" "to save sound card information.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Dette er heile lydkortlisten. Klikk på <b>Fullfør</b>-knappen \n" "for å lager lydkortinformasjonen.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 #, fuzzy @@ -1395,12 +1429,14 @@ "<p>\n" "Use <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. \n" "Use <b>Add sound card</b> to add a sound card.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Bruk <b>Slett</b> for å slette eit konfigurert lydkort. \n" "Bruk <b>Legg til lydkort</b> for å leggja til eit lydkort.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 #, fuzzy @@ -1630,11 +1666,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<P>In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</p>\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ "<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<P>I denne dialogen kan du spesifisera styrespaktypen. Viss styrespaken\n" -#~ "din ikkje finst i lista, vel <B>Generisk analog styrespak</B>.</p>\n" +#~ "din ikkje finst i lista, vel <B>Generisk analog styrespak</B>.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ "<p>Du vil ikkje finna USB-styrespakar her. Viss du har ein USB-eining, kan du berre plugga inn styrespaken og byrja å bruka henne.</P>\n" #, fuzzy Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/squid.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -581,74 +581,105 @@ #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer squid-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer squid-oppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar squid-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar squid-oppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Configure Squid here.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Configure Squid here.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Squid-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" -"Sett opp squid her.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Squid-oppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Sett opp squid her.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" -"edit their configurations if necessary.<br></p>\n" +"edit their configurations if necessary.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Oversyn over squid-oppsett</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Oversyn over squid-oppsett</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Her finn du eit oversyn over installerte squid-system. Du kan òg\n" -"redigera oppsetta her.<br></p>\n" +"redigera oppsetta her.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Http Ports Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Define all ports where Squid will\n" -"listen for clients' http requests.</p>\n" +"listen for clients' http requests.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Her kan du definera alle portar der Squid skal\n" "lytta etter http-førespurnader frå klientar.</p>" @@ -657,7 +688,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Host</b> can contain a hostname or IP address\n" -"or remain empty.</p>\n" +"or remain empty.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Feltet <b>Vertsmaskin</b> kan innehalda vertsnavn eller IP-adress,\n" "eller vera tomt.</p>" @@ -665,7 +697,9 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Oppdateringsmønstre</b> angjev\n" "korleis Squid skal handtera objekt i mellomlageret.</p>" @@ -674,7 +708,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" -"The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" +"The first matching entry is used.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Oppdateringsmønstre vert brukt i den rekkjefølgda dei er angjevne her.\n" "Første samsvarande oppføring vert brukte.</p>" @@ -693,7 +728,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Percent</b> is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" -"considered fresh.</p>\n" +"considered fresh.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Prosent</b> er prosentandelen av alderen (tid sidan siste\n" "endring) til eit objekt som gjer at objektet vurderast som nytt viss det\n" @@ -703,7 +739,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Max</b> is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" -"expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>\n" +"expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Maks.</b> er den øvre grensa for kor lenge eit objekt utan definert\n" "utløpstid vil vurderast som nytt.</p>" @@ -718,7 +755,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Max Object Size</b> defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" -"on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n" +"on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Maks. objektstørrelse</b> angjev maksimum storleik på objekt som vil lagrast\n" "på disken. Objekt som er større, vil ikkje lagrast på disken.</p>" @@ -727,7 +765,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Min Object Size</b> specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" -"objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>\n" +"objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Min. objektstørresle</b> angjev den minste objektstørrelsen som\n" "vil lagrast på disken. Mindre objekt vil ikkje lagrast.</p>" @@ -758,23 +797,48 @@ "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" -" <tr>\n" -" <td>lru</td>\n" -" <td>least recently used</td>\n" -" </tr>\n" -" <tr>\n" -" <td>heap GDSF</td>\n" -" <td>Greedy-Dual Size Frequency</td>\n" -" </tr>\n" -" <tr>\n" -" <td>heap LFUDA</td>\n" -" <td>Least Frequently Used with Dynamic Aging</td>\n" -" <tr>\n" -" <tr>\n" -" <td>heap LRU</td>\n" -" <td>lru policy implemented using a heap</td>\n" -" </tr>\n" -"</table>\n" +" " +"<tr>\n" +" " +"<td>lru</td>" +"\n" +" " +"<td>least recently used</td>" +"\n" +" </tr>" +"\n" +" " +"<tr>\n" +" " +"<td>heap GDSF</td>" +"\n" +" " +"<td>Greedy-Dual Size Frequency</td>" +"\n" +" </tr>" +"\n" +" " +"<tr>\n" +" " +"<td>heap LFUDA</td>" +"\n" +" " +"<td>Least Frequently Used with Dynamic Aging</td>" +"\n" +" " +"<tr>\n" +" " +"<tr>\n" +" " +"<td>heap LRU</td>" +"\n" +" " +"<td>lru policy implemented using a heap</td>" +"\n" +" </tr>" +"\n" +"</table>" +"\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Regel for mellomlagerutskifting</b> definerer kva for objekt som skal skiftast ut\n" @@ -783,23 +847,48 @@ "minnet når det ikkje lenger er plass til nye objekt.\n" "Reglene kan vera:\n" "<table>\n" -" <tr>\n" -" <td>lru</td>\n" -" <td>siste nyleg brukte</td>\n" -" </tr>\n" -" <tr>\n" -" <td>heap GDSF</td>\n" -" <td>aggressiv dobbelt storleik-frekvens</td>\n" -" </tr>\n" -" <tr>\n" -" <td>heap LFUDA</td>\n" -" <td>siste hyppig brukte med dynamisk foreldelse</td>\n" -" <tr>\n" -" <tr>\n" -" <td>heap LRU</td>\n" -" <td>lru-regel med samling</td>\n" -" </tr>\n" -"</table>\n" +" " +"<tr>\n" +" " +"<td>lru</td>" +"\n" +" " +"<td>siste nyleg brukte</td>" +"\n" +" </tr>" +"\n" +" " +"<tr>\n" +" " +"<td>heap GDSF</td>" +"\n" +" " +"<td>aggressiv dobbelt storleik-frekvens</td>" +"\n" +" </tr>" +"\n" +" " +"<tr>\n" +" " +"<td>heap LFUDA</td>" +"\n" +" " +"<td>siste hyppig brukte med dynamisk foreldelse</td>" +"\n" +" " +"<tr>\n" +" " +"<tr>\n" +" " +"<td>heap LRU</td>" +"\n" +" " +"<td>lru-regel med samling</td>" +"\n" +" </tr>" +"\n" +"</table>" +"\n" "</p>" #. Cache Directory @@ -817,7 +906,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" -"which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n" +"which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Nivå 1-katalogar</b> angjev mengd underkataloger som\n" "vil opprettast under katalogen<b>Katalognavn</b>.</p>" @@ -826,7 +916,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" -"which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n" +"which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Nivå 2-katalogar</b> angjev mengd underkataloger som skal opprettast på 2. nivå\n" "under kvar 1 nivå-katalog.</p>" @@ -841,7 +932,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" -"on the particular type.</p>\n" +"on the particular type.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Det er ulike typar <b>ACL-grupper</b>, og skildringa av ein ACL-gruppe avheng\n" "av typen.</p>" @@ -851,7 +943,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" "If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" -"or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n" +"or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>I tabellen <b>Tilgangskontroll</b> kan tilgjenge avvisast eller vert tillaten for ACL-grupper.\n" "Viss det er fleire ACL-grupper på same linje, tyder det at tilgjenge vil tillatast\n" @@ -861,7 +954,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n" -"The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" +"The first matching entry is used.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Oppføringene i <b>Tilgangskontroll</b>-tabellen vert kontrollert i den rekkjefølgda som er angjeven her.\n" "Første samsvarande oppføring vert brukt.</p>" @@ -876,7 +970,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n" -"cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n" +"cache's behavior is logged.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Mellomlagerlogg</b> angjev fila der generell informasjon om\n" "mellomlageraktiviteten vert logga.</p>" @@ -886,7 +981,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" "objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" -"gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n" +"gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Detaljert mellomlagerlogg</b> angjev plasseringa av transaksjonsloggen for alle\n" "objekt som vert lagra i objektlageret, og dessutan tidspunktet når objektet\n" @@ -896,7 +992,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>With <b>Emulate httpd Log</b> specify that Squid writes its\n" -"<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>\n" +"<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>med <b>Emuler Httpd-logg</b> kan du velja at Squid lagrar sin\n" "<b>Tilgangslogg</b> i vanleg HTTPD-loggfilformat.</p>" @@ -924,7 +1021,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's email</b> is the address which will be added to any\n" -"error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>\n" +"error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ea til administrator-postadresse</b> er adressa som vil visast på eventuelle\n" "feilmeldingssider som vert vist for klientane. Standardinnstillingen er webadministratorens adresse.</p>" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sshd.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -302,41 +302,57 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>" +"<p><b><big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sshd-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sshd-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" #. Write dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>" +"<p><b><big>Saving sshd Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar sshd-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar sshd-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" #. Server Configuration dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:26 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Configure SSHD here.<br></p>" +"<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Configure SSHD here.<br>" +"</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" -"Konfigurer SSHD her.<br></p>" +"<p><b><big>Serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Konfigurer SSHD her.<br>" +"</p>" #. Login Settings dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"Configure SSHD login settings here.<br></p>" +"<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Configure SSHD login settings here.<br>" +"</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" -"Konfigurer SSHD her.<br></p>" +"<p><b><big>Serverkonfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Konfigurer SSHD her.<br>" +"</p>" #. Command line help text for the Xsshd module #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/sshd.ycp:32 @@ -402,11 +418,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Here you can configure the SSHD login and authentication settings.\n" #~ "Some apply to a particular protocol version only.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Innloggingsinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Innloggingsinnstillinger</big></b><br>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Sett opp innloggings- og autentiseringsinnstillinger for SSHD her.\n" #~ "Nokre innstillingar gjeld berre for ein spesifikk protokoll.</p>" @@ -421,49 +439,62 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Permit Root Login</b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Permit Root Login</b><br>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Specifies whether root can log in using ssh.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Tillat rotinnlogiing</b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Tillat rotinnlogiing</b><br>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Angjev om root kan logga inn via ssh.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Maximum Authentication Tries</b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Maximum Authentication Tries</b><br>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n" #~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Maksimalt mengd innloggingsforsøk</b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Maksimalt mengd innloggingsforsøk</b><br>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Angjev den maksimale mengda autentiseringsforsøk for kvar tilkobling.\n" #~ "Når mengder mislukka forsøk når dette verdet, vert ytterlegare mislukka forsøk logga.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>RSA Authentication</b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b>RSA Authentication</b><br>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Specifies whether pure RSA authentication is allowed.\n" #~ "This option applies to protocol version 1 only.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>RSA-autentisering</b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b>RSA-autentisering</b><br>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Angjev om ren RSA-autentisering er tillaten.\n" #~ "Dette valet gjeld berre for protokollversjon 1.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Public Key Authentication</b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Public Key Authentication</b><br>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Specifies whether public key authentication is allowed.\n" #~ "This option applies to protocol version 2 only.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Autentisering med offentleg nøkkel</b><br>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Autentisering med offentleg nøkkel</b><br>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Angjev om autentisering med offentleg nøkkel er tillate.\n" #~ "Dette valet gjeld berre for protokollversjon 2.</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Protocol and Cipher Settings</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Configure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings.<br></p>\n" +#~ "<p><b><big>Protocol and Cipher Settings</big></b><br>" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Configure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings.<br>" +#~ "</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b><big>Protokoll og kryptoinnstillinger</big></b><br>\n" -#~ "Konfigurer protokollversjon og kryptoinnstillinger for SSHD her.<br></p>" +#~ "<p><b><big>Protokoll og kryptoinnstillinger</big></b><br>" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Konfigurer protokollversjon og kryptoinnstillinger for SSHD her.<br>" +#~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "SSH server is running" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/storage.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -102,8 +102,7 @@ msgstr "&Opprett partisjonsoppsett …" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -2785,11 +2784,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "Rediger" @@ -2821,9 +2818,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2847,8 +2843,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit..." @@ -2866,8 +2861,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 #, fuzzy @@ -3795,8 +3789,7 @@ msgstr "Flytt" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize" msgstr "Endre storleik" @@ -3911,8 +3904,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 #, fuzzy Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sudo.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -424,66 +424,88 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sudo-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sudo-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt initialisering:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Du kan trygt avbryta konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b> no.</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar sudo-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar sudo-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Avbryt lagring:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Avbryt lagringen ved å klikka <b>Avbryt</b>.\n" "Ein ny dialog fortel deg om det er trygt å gjera dette.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" #. User Specification help 1/6 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" "\ton specified hosts (optionally also as what user). Each rule\n" "\tis a tuple consisting of user, host and list of commands, with optional \n" "\tRunAs specification and additional tags. These are summarized \n" "\tin the following table. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Regler for sudo</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Regler for sudo</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tRegler for sudo avgjer kva for kommandoar ein nytter kan køyra \n" "\tpå spesifiserte vertsmaskiner (eventuelt òg som kva for ein brukar). Kvar regel\n" "\ter eit sett som består av brukar, vertsmaskin og ein kommandoliste, og eventuelt med ein \n" "\t'Køyr som'-definisjon og fleire tilleggsattributter. Tabellen nedanfor inneheld eit \n" "\toversyn over dette. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. User Specification help 2/6 @@ -493,13 +515,15 @@ "<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" "\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" "\tof hosts referred to by host alias an user may run specified commands.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>Kolonnen <b>Brukarar</b> viser lokale brukarar, systembrukere eller brukeraliaser. \n" "\tKolonnen <b>Vertsmaskiner</b> viser vertsmaskiner eller grupper \n" "\tav vertsmaskiner, der brukaren kan køyra spesifiserte kommandoar via eit vertsalias.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. User Specification help 3/6 @@ -510,14 +534,16 @@ "\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" "\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Kolonnen <b>Køyr som</b> inneheld ein\n" "\tvalfritt parameter, som består av eit brukernavn (eller alias). Denne brukaren sin tilgangsrettigheter\n" "\tvil brukast for å køyra kommandoar. <b>NOPASSWD</b> er eit attributt som avgjer om\n" "\tbrukarar må autentisere seg sjølv før dei køyrer kommandoar.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. User Specification help 4/6 @@ -526,12 +552,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" "\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>Eit sett kommandoar som brukaren kan køyra på spesifiserte vertsmaskiner, er angjeven \n" "\ti kolonnen <b>Kommandoar</b>. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. User Specification help 5/6 @@ -540,12 +568,14 @@ msgid "" "<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \n" "\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p> For å leggja til ein ny regel, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen og fyll ut aktuelle \n" "\tfelt. Brukernavn, vertsnavn og kommandoliste må alltid angjevast.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. User Specification help 5/6 @@ -554,12 +584,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" "\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" -"\t</p> \n" +"\t</p>" +" \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>For å redigera ein eksisterande regel, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk på \n" "\t<b>Rediger</b>-knappen. Klikk <b>Slett</b> for å slette han valde oppføringen.\n" -"\t</p> \n" +"\t</p>" +" \n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 1/4 @@ -570,14 +602,16 @@ "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" "\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>Brukernavn eller alias</b> kan angjevast som eit enkelt brukernavn (t.d. foo), eit gruppenavn med prefikset\n" "\t'%' (t.d. %bar) eller eit brukeraliasnavn. \n" "\tNøkkelordet 'ALL' står for kva for ein som helst brukar. Vel eksisterande brukarar, grupper og aliaser \n" "\tfrå nedtrekksmenyen, eller angje ein eige verd. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 @@ -588,7 +622,8 @@ "\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" "\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>Vertsnavn eller alias</b> kan anten vera eit vertsnavn (t.d. www.døme.com), ein enkel IP-\n" @@ -596,7 +631,8 @@ "\tkøyrast på alle vertsmaskiner, bruk nøkkelordet 'ALL'. Vertsnavn eller IP-adresser vert samanlikna med ditt eige vertsmaskinnavn\n" "\teller IP-adresse, såg viss du ikkje vil bruka same /etc/sudoers-fil på fleire maskiner, er det tilstrekkeleg med éin \n" "\t'ALL'- eller 'localhost'-oppføring for nesten alle føremål. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 2/4 @@ -608,7 +644,8 @@ "\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n" "\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" "\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>'Køyr som'-brukernavn eller -alias</b> er ein valfri parameter som angjev ein nytter, \n" @@ -616,7 +653,8 @@ "\tvil brukast for å køyra ein spesiell kommando. Viss feltet er tomt, vil <b>root</b> vera\n" "\tstandardbrukeren. Òg her kan eit enkelt brukernavn, eit gruppenavn med prefikset '%' eller eit 'Køyr som'-alias angjevast.\n" "\tVel eksisterande brukarar, grupper og aliaser frå nedtrekksmenyen, eller angje ein eige verd.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 3/4 @@ -627,14 +665,16 @@ "\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ikkje passord</b> er eit valfritt attributt. Brukarar må vanlegvis autentisere\n" "\tseg sjølv (dvs. angje sitt eige passord, ikkje rotpassordet) før spesielle kommandoar \n" "\tvert køyrt. Vel 'Ja' under Passord viss du vil\n" "\tdeaktivere denne autentiseringen.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 4/4 @@ -645,14 +685,16 @@ "\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" "\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kommandoar som skal køyrast</b> er ei liste over kommandoar (eventuelt kombinert med\n" "\tparametrar), katalogar og kommandoaliaser som ein bestemd brukar er autorisert \n" "\tfor å køyra. Viss eit katalognavn vert angjeve, kan alle kommandoar i den aktuelle katalogen køyrast. \n" "\tNøkkelordet 'ALL' står for alle kommandoar her òg, såg vêr forsiktig.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 @@ -672,16 +714,20 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" "\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" -"\t</p> \n" +"\t</p>" +" \n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Brukeraliaser</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Brukeraliaser</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tI denne dialogen kan du konfigurera brukeraliaser. Eit brukeralias er eit sett brukarar med eit definert\n" "\tunikt namn. Dette namnet vil seinare brukast for alle brukarar i dette settet i sudo-konfigurasjonen. \n" -"\t</p> \n" +"\t</p>" +" \n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 2/3 @@ -690,12 +736,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til eit nytt brukeralias, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen og fyll ut aktuelle felt. \n" "\tAliasnavn og ein brukerliste for aliaset må alltid angjevast. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 3/3 @@ -704,28 +752,34 @@ msgid "" "<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>For å redigera eit eksisterande brukeralias, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk på <b>Rediger-</b>\n" "\tknappen. For å slette ein oppføring, klikk på <b>Slette</b>-knappen. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 1/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" "\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Vertsaliaser</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Vertsaliaser</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tI denne dialogen kan du konfigurera vertsaliaser. Eit vertsalias er eit sett vertsmaskiner med eit definert\n" "\tunikt namn. Dette namnet vil seinare brukast for alle vertsmaskiner i dette settet i sudo-konfigurasjonen. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 2/3 @@ -734,12 +788,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til eit nytt vertsalias, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen og fyll ut aktuelle felt. \n" "\tAliasnavn og ein vertsmaskinliste for aliaset må alltid angjevast. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 3/3 @@ -748,28 +804,34 @@ msgid "" "<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>For å redigera eit eksisterande vertsalias, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk på <b>Rediger-</b>\n" "\tknappen. For å slette ein oppføring, klikk på <b>Slette</b>-knappen. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" "\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" -"\t</p> \n" +"\t</p>" +" \n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>'Køyr som'-aliaser</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>'Køyr som'-aliaser</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tI denne dialogen kan du konfigurera 'Køyr som'-aliaser. Eit 'Køyr som'-alias er eit sett brukarar med eit definert\n" "\tunikt namn. Dette namnet vil seinare brukast for alle brukarar i dette settet i sudo-konfigurasjonen. \n" -"\t</p> \n" +"\t</p>" +" \n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 @@ -778,12 +840,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til eit nytt 'Køyr som'-alias, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen og fyll ut aktuelle felt. \n" "\tAliasnavn og ein brukerliste for aliaset må alltid angjevast. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 @@ -792,30 +856,36 @@ msgid "" "<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>For å redigera eit eksisterande 'Køyr som'-alias, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk på <b>Rediger-</b>\n" "\tknappen. For å slette ein oppføring, klikk på <b>Slette</b>-knappen. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Command Aliases help 1/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" "\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Kommandoaliaser</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Kommandoaliaser</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tI denne dialogen kan du konfigurera kommandoaliaser. Eit kommandoalias er eit sett kommandoar \n" "\t(eventuelt med parametrar) som har eit definert unikt namn. Dette namnet vil deretter brukast for\n" "\talle kommandoar i dette settet i sudo-konfigurasjonen. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Command Aliases help 2/3 @@ -824,12 +894,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>For å leggja til eit nytt kommandoalias, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen og fyll ut aktuelle felt. \n" "\tAliasnavn og ein kommandoliste for aliaset må alltid angjevast. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Command Aliases help 3/3 @@ -838,28 +910,34 @@ msgid "" "<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>For å redigera eit eksisterande kommandoalias, vel ein oppføring i tabellen og klikk på <b>Rediger-</b>\n" "\tknappen. For å slette ein oppføring, klikk på <b>Slette</b>-knappen. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Single User Alias Help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" "\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Brukeralias</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Brukeralias</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tEit brukeralias består av éin eller fleire brukarar, systemgrupper (med prefikset '%') eller andre\n" "\tbrukeraliaser. Det må ha eit enkelt namn (kan berre innehalda store bokstavar, tall og understrek),\tog vil deretter nyttast for alle brukarar i dette aliaset.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 @@ -871,14 +949,16 @@ "\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n" "\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p>Angje eit unikt namn under <b>Aliasnavn</b>. For å leggja til brukarar eller grupper for\n" "\taliaset, vel brukar- eller gruppenavn frå nedtrekksmenyen, og klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen.\n" "\tFor å fjerne ein brukar frå aliaset, vel den aktuelle oppføringen i tabellen, og klikk på\n" "\t<b>Fjerne</b>-knappen. Klikk <b>OK</b> for å fullføra konfigurasjonen.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Single User Alias Help 3/3 @@ -899,22 +979,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" "\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" "\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" "\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Vertsalias</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Vertsalias</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tEit vertsalias består av eit eller fleire vertsnavn, enkle IP-adresser, IP-adresser\n" "\tkombinert med ein nettverksmaske i form av grupper av fire tal adskilt av punktum (t.d. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0), \n" "\tein CIDR-verd (t.d. 192.168.0.0/24), eller andre vertsaliaser. Eit \n" "\tenkelt namn må angjevast (kan berre innehalda store bokstavar, tall og understrek). Dette namnet \n" "\tvil deretter brukast for alle vertsmaskiner i dette aliaset.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 @@ -924,14 +1008,16 @@ "<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n" "\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n" -"\t<p>\n" "\t" +"<p>\n" +"\t" msgstr "" "<p>Angje eit unikt namn under <b>Aliasnavn</b>. For å leggja til vetsmaskiner for\n" "\taliaset, klikk på <b>Legg til</b>-knappen. Det kjem opp ein dialog der du kan angje eit\n" "\tgyldig vertsnavn eller ein IP adresse. Klikk deretter <b>OK</b>.\n" -"\t<p>\n" "\t" +"<p>\n" +"\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 @@ -939,56 +1025,66 @@ msgid "" "To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "For å fjerne ein vertsmaskin frå aliaset, vel den aktuelle oppføringen i tabellen, og klikk på\n" "\t<b>Fjerne</b>-knappen. Klikk <b>OK</b> for å fullføra konfigurasjonen.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" "\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" "\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>'Køyr som'-alias</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>'Køyr som'-alias</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tEit 'Køyr som'-alias fungerer på liknande måte som eit brukeralias. Det består av éin eller fleire brukarar, systemgrupper \n" "\t(med prefikset '%') eller andre 'Køyr som''aliaser. Det må ha eit enkelt namn (kan berre innehalda \n" "\tstore bokstavar, tall og understrek), og vil deretter nyttast for alle brukarar \n" "\ti dette aliaset.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" "\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" "\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" "\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Kommandoalias</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Kommandoalias</big></b><br>" +"\n" "\tEit kommandoalias er ei liste over éin eller fleire kommandoar (eventuelt med parametrar), katalogar eller\n" "\tandre kommandoaliaser. Det må ha eit enkelt namn (kan berre innehalda store bokstavar, tall og\n" "\tunderstrek), og vil \n" "\tderetter brukast for alle kommandoar i dette aliaset. Ein kommando kan eventuelt ha éin eller fleire\n" "\tparametrar. I så fall kan brukarar berre køyra kommandoen med desse parametrane. Viss eit \n" "\tkatalognavn vert angjeve, kan alle kommandoar i denne katalogen køyrast. \n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 @@ -1013,12 +1109,14 @@ msgid "" "To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" msgstr "" "For å fjerne ein kommando frå aliaset, vel den aktuelle oppføringen i tabellen, og klikk på\n" "\t<b>Fjerne</b>-knappen. Klikk <b>OK</b> for å fullføra konfigurasjonen.\n" -"\t</p>\n" +"\t</p>" +"\n" "\t" #. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/support.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -271,78 +271,97 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" -"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Configure support here.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Configure support here.<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" "If your support was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" -"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>" +"\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" -"the configuration opens.</p>\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>" +"\n" "To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" -"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n" +"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>" +"\n" "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>" +"\n" "To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</b>.\n" "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -350,7 +369,8 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -358,30 +378,36 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Select <b>Use Custom</b> and click the <b>Expert Settings</b> button\n" -"to select specific data sets to collect.</p>\n" +"to select specific data sets to collect.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n" +"<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>" +"\n" "Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>" msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n" +"<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>" +"\n" "Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" "in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -389,7 +415,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>" +"\n" "The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" "ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" "use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" @@ -399,9 +426,12 @@ #. Contact dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" -"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>" +"\n" +"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>" +"\n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" msgstr "" @@ -415,67 +445,85 @@ #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>\n" -"Data is being collected.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>" +"\n" +"Data is being collected.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Data review dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" -"use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n" +"use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>" +"\n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" -"<br></p>\n" +"<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>" +"\n" "This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" -"</p>\n" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" -"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n" +"<i>%1</i>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>" +"\n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n" -"<br></p>\n" +"<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" -"<br></p>\n" +"<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>" +"\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "</p>" msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/sysconfig.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -363,11 +363,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" "corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Når du lagrar endringane, vil redigeringsverktøyet endra variablane i den \n" "tilhøyrande rc.config-fila. Deretter vert køyrd aktiveringskommandoene som endrar dei underliggande konfigurasjonsfilene, stoppar og startar nissar\n" -"og køyrer grunnleggjande konfigurasjonsverktøy slik at konfigurasjonen i sysconfig vert teken i bruk.</p>\n" +"og køyrer grunnleggjande konfigurasjonsverktøy slik at konfigurasjonen i sysconfig vert teken i bruk.</p>" +"\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 @@ -554,23 +556,35 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sysconfig-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Initialiserer sysconfig-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>" "\n" +"Please wait...<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar sysconfig-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" -"Vent…<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar sysconfig-konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" "\n" +"Vent…<br>" +"</p>" +"\n" +"\n" #. Translation: Progress bar label #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 @@ -702,11 +716,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" #~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.</p>" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p> SuSEconfig lagrar ein kontrollsum for kvar konfigurasjonsfil for å kunne sjå om \n" #~ "du har endra nokon av dei manuelt. Viss du har endra ein konfigurasjonsfil manuelt,\n" -#~ "vil han ikkje endrast.</p>\n" +#~ "vil han ikkje endrast.</p>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tftp-server.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 16:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -94,12 +94,14 @@ "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Mappe for oppstartsdiskbilete</b>:\n" "Vel mappa som inneheld tenarfilene. Dette er vanlegvis\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Ho vert oppretta dersom ho ikke alt finst. \n" -"Tenaren vil bruka mappa som rotmappe (<tt>-s</tt>-valet).</p>\n" +"Tenaren vil bruka mappa som rotmappe (<tt>-s</tt>-valet).</p>" +"\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/timezone_db.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -305,22 +305,19 @@ msgstr "Kroatia" #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 #, fuzzy msgid "Iceland" msgstr "Island" #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 #, fuzzy msgid "Azores" msgstr "Azorene" #. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 #, fuzzy msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "Kanariøyene" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/tune.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: nynorsk \n" "Language-Team: nn \n" @@ -59,10 +59,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n" -"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" +"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<P>Modulen <B>Maskinvareinformasjon</B> viser informasjon om \n" -"maskinvaren i systemet. Klikk på ein oppføring for å få meir informasjon.</p>\n" +"maskinvaren i systemet. Klikk på ein oppføring for å få meir informasjon.</p>" +"\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 #, fuzzy @@ -1252,19 +1254,23 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" "devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" "system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" "will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" -"directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" +"directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Globalt I/O-skjema</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Globalt I/O-skjema</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Det er mogleg å velja algoritmen som sorterer og sender kommandoar til diskenheter.\n" "Dette er eit globalt val, og vil brukast for alle diskenheter i\n" "systemet. Viss valet ikkje er konfigurert, vil standardskjemaet (normalt 'cfq')\n" "brukast. Dokumentasjonen i katalogen /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" -"(pakka kernel-source) inneheld meir informasjon.</p>\n" +"(pakka kernel-source) inneheld meir informasjon.</p>" +"\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 @@ -1276,19 +1282,23 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>" +"\n" "If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" "crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq- will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Aktivar SysRq-tastar</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Aktivar SysRq-tastar</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Viss du aktiverer SysRq-tastar, vil du ha ei viss grad av kontroll over systemet sjølv\n" "etter eit havari (t.d. under feilsøking av kjernen). Viss dette valet er aktivert, vil tastekombinasjonen\n" "Alt-SysRq-<kommandotast> starta den aktuelle kommandoen (t.d. omstart av\n" "datamaskina eller dumping av kjerneinformasjon). Du finn meir informasjon i\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pakka kernel-source).</p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pakka kernel-source).</p>" +"\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 @@ -1326,10 +1336,12 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Please wait...</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Les konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Les konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Vent…</p>" #. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here @@ -1364,10 +1376,12 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Please wait...</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon</big></b><br>\n" +"<p><b><big>Lagrar konfigurasjon</big></b><br>" +"\n" "Vent…</p>" #. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/users.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -2385,8 +2385,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Lokale brukarar" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/wol.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-17 17:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk \n" @@ -70,11 +70,13 @@ #: src/clients/wol.rb:77 msgid "" -"<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" +"<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>" +"\n" "<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" "over the network.</p>" msgstr "" -"<h2>Vekk via lokalnett (WOL)</h2>\n" +"<h2>Vekk via lokalnett (WOL)</h2>" +"\n" "<p>Med denne funksjonen kan du slå på maskina \n" "med eit spesielt signal over lokalnettverket.</p>" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:26 UTC (rev 96801) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/yast2-apparmor.nn.po 2016-09-13 11:58:29 UTC (rev 96802) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 16:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer \n" "Language-Team: NorwegianNynorsk \n" @@ -95,7 +95,8 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\n" -" the corresponding action and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>\n" +" the corresponding action and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +"\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vel ein av dei tilgjengelege apparmor-modulane for å setja opp\n" " tilhøyrande handlingar, og klikk <b>Start</b>.</p>" @@ -289,28 +290,35 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" +"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>" +"This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>AppArmor-status</b><br>Denne rapporten viser om AppArmor-modulen \n" -"er lasta og aktivert.</p> " +"<p><b>AppArmor-status</b><br>" +"Denne rapporten viser om AppArmor-modulen \n" +"er lasta og aktivert.</p>" +" " #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n" +"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>" +"Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Varsling av sikkerhetshendelse</b><br>Sett opp dette verktøyet viss du vil \n" +"<p><b>Varsling av sikkerhetshendelse</b><br>" +"Sett opp dette verktøyet viss du vil \n" "varslast via e-post når brot på tilgangsreglene har funnest.</p>" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" +"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>" +"Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Profilmoduser</b><br>Bruk dette verktøyet for å endra korleis AppArmor \n" +"<p><b>Profilmoduser</b><br>" +"Bruk dette verktøyet for å endra korleis AppArmor \n" "brukar dei einskilde profila.</p>" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 @@ -389,8 +397,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> " -msgstr "<p>Desse feila må rettast før AppArmor kan startast eller profilbehandlingsverktøyet vert nytta.</p> " +msgid "" +"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p>" +" " +msgstr "" +"<p>Desse feila må rettast før AppArmor kan startast eller profilbehandlingsverktøyet vert nytta.</p>" +" " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 #, fuzzy @@ -893,392 +905,640 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n" +"<ul>" +"<li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n" "this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" -"and group ownership.</li></ul>" +"and group ownership.</li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>I eit system kor [_pOSIX_cHOWN_rESTRICTED] er valt, \n" +"<ul>" +"<li>I eit system kor [_pOSIX_cHOWN_rESTRICTED] er valt, \n" "overstyrer dette avgrensinga for endring av \n" -"fil- og gruppeeierskap.</li></ul>" +"fil- og gruppeeierskap.</li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Overstyr all DAC-tilgjenge, inkludert tilgjenge for køyring av ACL viss \n" -"[_pOSIX_aCL] er vald. Unntaket er DAC-tilgjenge som vert dekt av CAP_lINUX_iMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li>Overstyr all DAC-tilgjenge, inkludert tilgjenge for køyring av ACL viss \n" +"[_pOSIX_aCL] er vald. Unntaket er DAC-tilgjenge som vert dekt av CAP_lINUX_iMMUTABLE.</li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" +"<ul>" +"<li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" "on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" -"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" +"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Overstyrer alle DAC-avgrensingar andsynes lesing og søk \n" +"<ul>" +"<li>Overstyrer alle DAC-avgrensingar andsynes lesing og søk \n" "etter filer og katalogar, inkludert ACL-avgrensingar viss [_pOSIX_aCL] er valde. \n" -"Unntaket er DAC-tilgjenge som vert dekt av CAP_lINUX_iMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" +"Unntaket er DAC-tilgjenge som vert dekt av CAP_lINUX_iMMUTABLE. </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" +"<ul>" +"<li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" -"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" +"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Overstyrer alle avgrensingar om tillatne handlingar for filer, \n" +"<ul>" +"<li>Overstyrer alle avgrensingar om tillatne handlingar for filer, \n" "der fileierens ID må vera lik brukar-ID-ein, unntatt der CAP_fSETID \n" -"gjeld. Overstyrer ikkje MAC- og DAC-avgrensingar. </li></ul>" +"gjeld. Overstyrer ikkje MAC- og DAC-avgrensingar. </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul>" +"<li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Overstyrer følgjande avgrensingar om at fungerande nytter-ID \n" +"<ul>" +"<li>Overstyrer følgjande avgrensingar om at fungerande nytter-ID \n" "skal vera lik fileierens ID ved innstilling av S_iSUID- og S_iSGID-bitar for fila, \n" "at gjeldande gruppe-ID (eller ein av tilleggsgruppe-ID-eine) skal vera lik \n" "fileierens ID ved innstilling av S_iSGID-biten for fila, og at bitane S_iSUID og \n" -"S_iSGID vert sletta ved vellukka retur frå chown(2) (ikkje implementert). </li></ul>" +"S_iSGID vert sletta ved vellukka retur frå chown(2) (ikkje implementert). </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" +"<ul>" +"<li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" "of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" -"receiving the signal.</li></ul>" +"receiving the signal.</li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Overstyrer avgrensinga om at reell eller gjeldande nytter-ID \n" +"<ul>" +"<li>Overstyrer avgrensinga om at reell eller gjeldande nytter-ID \n" "for ein prosess som sender eit signal, må vera lik reelle eller gjeldande brukar-ID for prosessen \n" -"som mottek signalet.</li></ul>" +"som mottek signalet.</li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" -"<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li>" +" " +"<li> Allows setgroups(2) </li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tillèt endring av setgid(2) </li> <li> Tillèt setgroups(2) </li> <li> \n" -"Tillèt konstruerte GJEV-er ved overføring av sokkelrettigheter. </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li>Tillèt endring av setgid(2) </li>" +" " +"<li> Tillèt setgroups(2) </li>" +" " +"<li> \n" +"Tillèt konstruerte GJEV-er ved overføring av sokkelrettigheter. </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n" -"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tillèt endring av setuid(2) (inkludert fsuid) </li> <li> \n" -"Tillèt konstruerte PID-er ved overføring av sokkelrettigheter. </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li>Tillèt endring av setuid(2) (inkludert fsuid) </li>" +" " +"<li> \n" +"Tillèt konstruerte PID-er ved overføring av sokkelrettigheter. </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" -"remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" +"remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Overfør valfri eigenskap i det tillatne settet ditt til valfri PID. \n" -"Fjern valfri eigenskap for det tillatne settet ditt frå valfri PID</li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Overfør valfri eigenskap i det tillatne settet ditt til valfri PID. \n" +"Fjern valfri eigenskap for det tillatne settet ditt frå valfri PID</li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>Tillat endring av filattributtene S_iMMUTABLE og S_aPPEND</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul>" +"<li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li>" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>" +"<li>Tillat endring av filattributtene S_iMMUTABLE og S_aPPEND</li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n" -"<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tillèt binding til TCP/UDP-soklar under1024 </li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt binding til ATM VCI-er under 32</li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li>Tillèt binding til TCP/UDP-soklar under1024 </li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt binding til ATM VCI-er under 32</li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt kringkasting, lyttar på multikasting </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li>" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt kringkasting, lyttar på multikasting </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" -"<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows interface configuration</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li>" +" \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tillèt oppsett av grensesnitt</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av IP-brannmur, maskering og kontoar</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt feilsøkingsvalg for soklar</li> \n" +"<ul>" +"<li>Tillèt oppsett av grensesnitt</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av IP-brannmur, maskering og kontoar</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt feilsøkingsvalg for soklar</li>" +" \n" "<li> Tillèt endring av rutingtabeller</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" -"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" -"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" -"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li>" +" \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillèt tilfeldige prosess-/prosessgruppeeierskap for soklar</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt binding til kva for ein som helst adresse for transparente mellomservere</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt TOS (type of service)</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt promiskiøs modus </li> \n" +"<li> Tillèt tilfeldige prosess-/prosessgruppeeierskap for soklar</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt binding til kva for ein som helst adresse for transparente mellomservere</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt TOS (type of service)</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt promiskiøs modus </li>" +" \n" "<li> Tillèt sletting av driverstatistikk</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> Allows multicasting</li> \n" -"<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n" -"<li> Allows activation of ATM control sockets </li>\n" +"<li> Allows multicasting</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows activation of ATM control sockets </li>" +"\n" "</ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillèt multikasting</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt lesing frå / skriving til enhetsspesifikke register</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt aktivering av ATM-kontrollsokler </li>\n" +"<li> Tillèt multikasting</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt lesing frå / skriving til enhetsspesifikke register</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt aktivering av ATM-kontrollsokler </li>" +"\n" "</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillèt bruk av RAW-soklar</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt bruk av PACKET-soklar </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt bruk av RAW-soklar</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt bruk av PACKET-soklar </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" -"mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li>" +" " +"<li> Allows mlock and\n" +"mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillèt låsing av delte minnesegmenter</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt mlock og mlockall (som ikkje eigenleg har noko å gjera med IPC) </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt låsing av delte minnesegmenter</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt mlock og mlockall (som ikkje eigenleg har noko å gjera med IPC) </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> Overstyr IPC-eierskapskontroller </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Override IPC ownership checks </li>" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Overstyr IPC-eierskapskontroller </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" -"<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Modify cap_bset </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Sett inn og fjern kjernemoduler – endra kjerne utan avgrensing</li> \n" -"<li> Endre cap_bset </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Sett inn og fjern kjernemoduler – endra kjerne utan avgrensing</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Endre cap_bset </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \n" -"<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillèt ioperm/iopl-tilgjenge</li> \n" -"<li>Tillèt sending av USB-meldingar til alle einingar vigde /proc/bums/usb </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt ioperm/iopl-tilgjenge</li>" +" \n" +"<li>Tillèt sending av USB-meldingar til alle einingar vigde /proc/bums/usb </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt bruk av chroot() </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows use of chroot() </li>" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt bruk av chroot() </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ul><li> Allows ptrace() of any process </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt ptrace() for alle prosessar </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows ptrace() of any process </li>" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt ptrace() for alle prosessar </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt konfigurasjon av prosesskontoadministrasjon </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li>" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt konfigurasjon av prosesskontoadministrasjon </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of the random device</li> \n" -"<li> Allows examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> \n" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows administration of the random device</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows examination and configuration of disk quotas</li>" +" \n" "<li> Allows configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillèt oppsett av secure attention-nøkkel</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av tilfeldig eining</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt gransking og oppsett av diskkvoter</li> \n" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt oppsett av secure attention-nøkkel</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av tilfeldig eining</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt gransking og oppsett av diskkvoter</li>" +" \n" "<li> Tillèt oppsett av kjernen sin systemlogg (printk-funksjonen)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting the domain name</li> \n" -"<li> Allows setting the hostname</li> \n" -"<li> Allows calling bdflush()</li> \n" -"<li> Allows mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting the domain name</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows setting the hostname</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows calling bdflush()</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li>" +" \n" "<li> Allows some autofs root ioctls</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillèt angivelse av domenenavn</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt angivelse av vertsnavn</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt kommandoen bdflush()</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt mount() og umount(), oppsett av ny smb-samband</li> \n" +"<li> Tillèt angivelse av domenenavn</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt angivelse av vertsnavn</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt kommandoen bdflush()</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt mount() og umount(), oppsett av ny smb-samband</li>" +" \n" "<li> Tillèt nokon formar for autofs root ioctls</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> Allows nfsservctl</li> \n" -"<li> Allows VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> \n" -"<li> Allows to read/write pci config on alpha</li> \n" -"<li> Allows irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> \n" +"<li> Allows nfsservctl</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows to read/write pci config on alpha</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li>" +" \n" "<li> Allows flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillèt nfsservctl</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt VM86_rEQUEST_iRQ</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt å lesa frå / skriva til pci config on alpha</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> \n" +"<li> Tillèt nfsservctl</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt VM86_rEQUEST_iRQ</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt å lesa frå / skriva til pci config on alpha</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li>" +" \n" "<li> Tillèt å tømma heile mellomlageret på m68k (syast_cacheflush)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" -"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" -"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" +"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li>" +" \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillèt å fjerna semaforar</li> \n" -"<li> Brukt i staden for CAP_cHOWN for «chown» av IPC-meldingskøer, semaforar og delt minne</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt låsing/opplåsing av delte minnesegmenter</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt aktivering/deaktivering av veksleminne</li> \n" +"<li> Tillèt å fjerna semaforar</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Brukt i staden for CAP_cHOWN for «chown» av IPC-meldingskøer, semaforar og delt minne</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt låsing/opplåsing av delte minnesegmenter</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt aktivering/deaktivering av veksleminne</li>" +" \n" "<li> Tillèt konstruerte pid-er ved overføring av sokkelrettigheter</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" -"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li>" +" \n" "<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillèt å angje lesa- og tømmebuffere for blokkenheter</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt å angje geometri for diskettdriver</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt å aktivera/deaktivere DMA for xd-driv</li> \n" +"<li> Tillèt å angje lesa- og tømmebuffere for blokkenheter</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt å angje geometri for diskettdriver</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt å aktivera/deaktivere DMA for xd-driv</li>" +" \n" "<li> Tillèt administrasjon av md-einingar (normalt som ovanfor, men nokre ekstra ioctl-er)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> Allows tuning the ide driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows access to the nvram device</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> \n" +"<li> Allows tuning the ide driver</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows access to the nvram device</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li>" +" \n" "<li> Allows manufacturer commands in iaan CAPI support driver</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillèt justering av ide-driv</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt tilgjenge til nvram-eining</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av apm_bios, seriell og bttv (TV)-eining</li> \n" +"<li> Tillèt justering av ide-driv</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt tilgjenge til nvram-eining</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt administrasjon av apm_bios, seriell og bttv (TV)-eining</li>" +" \n" "<li> Tillèt produsentkommandoer i iaan CAPI-driver</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" -"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li>" +" \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillèt lesing av ikkje-standardiserte deler av pci-oppsettsplass</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt DDI debug ioctl for sbpcd-driv</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt oppsett av serieporter</li> \n" +"<li> Tillèt lesing av ikkje-standardiserte deler av pci-oppsettsplass</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt DDI debug ioctl for sbpcd-driv</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt oppsett av serieporter</li>" +" \n" "<li> Tillèt sending av ubehandlede qic-117-kommandoar</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<li> Allows enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers\n" -" and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n" -"<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" +" and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" "<li> Tillèt aktivering/deaktivering av merket køstyring for SCSI-kontrollera\n" -" og sending av tilfeldige SCSI-kommandoar</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt angivelse av krypteringsnøkkel for loopback-filsystem </li></ul>" +" og sending av tilfeldige SCSI-kommandoar</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt angivelse av krypteringsnøkkel for loopback-filsystem </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt bruk av reboot() </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows use of reboot() </li>" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt bruk av reboot() </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li>" +" \n" "<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" -"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" -"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" +"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillèt å heva prioriteten og angje prioriteten for andre prosessar (annan UID)</li> \n" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt å heva prioriteten og angje prioriteten for andre prosessar (annan UID)</li>" +" \n" "<li> Tillèt bruk av FIFO og sanntidsplanlegging på eigne prosessar og innstiling av \n" -"planleggingsalgoritmer som vert brukte av ein annan prosess.</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt val av cpu-affinitet for andre prosessar </li></ul>" +"planleggingsalgoritmer som vert brukte av ein annan prosess.</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt val av cpu-affinitet for andre prosessar </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" -"<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" -"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" +"<ul>" +"<li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Override quota limits.</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li>" +" \n" "<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Overstyr ressursbegrensninger. Angje ressursbegrensninger.</li> \n" -"<li> Overstyr kvotebegrensninger.</li> \n" -"<li> Overstyr reservert plass i ext2-filsystem</li> \n" +"<ul>" +"<li> Overstyr ressursbegrensninger. Angje ressursbegrensninger.</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Overstyr kvotebegrensninger.</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Overstyr reservert plass i ext2-filsystem</li>" +" \n" "<li> Endre journalmodus for ext3-filsystem (nytter journalressurser)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" -"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" -"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" -"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" -"<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Override max number of keymaps </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"MERK: ext2 følgjer fsuid under kontroll av ressursoverstyringer, så du kan overstyra ved hjelp av fsuid òg</li> \n" -"<li> Overstyr størrelsesbegrensninger på IPC-meldingskøer</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt avbrytelser på meir enn 64 Hz frå sanntidsklokken</li> \n" -"<li> Overstyr maks. mengd konsollar ved konsolltilordning</li> \n" -"<li> Overstyr maks. mengd tastaturoppsett </li></ul>" +"MERK: ext2 følgjer fsuid under kontroll av ressursoverstyringer, så du kan overstyra ved hjelp av fsuid òg</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Overstyr størrelsesbegrensninger på IPC-meldingskøer</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt avbrytelser på meir enn 64 Hz frå sanntidsklokken</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Overstyr maks. mengd konsollar ved konsolltilordning</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Overstyr maks. mengd tastaturoppsett </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li> \n" -"<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li> \n" -"<li> Allows setting the real-time clock </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows setting the real-time clock </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillèt endring av systemklokken</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt irix_stime for mips</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt innstilling av sanntidsklokken </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt endring av systemklokken</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt irix_stime for mips</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt innstilling av sanntidsklokken </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n" -"<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li>" +"</ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillèt oppsett av tty-einingar</li> \n" -"<li> Tillèt vhangup() av tty </li></ul>" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt oppsett av tty-einingar</li>" +" \n" +"<li> Tillèt vhangup() av tty </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt dei privilegerte sidene ved mknod() </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li>" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt dei privilegerte sidene ved mknod() </li>" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281 #, fuzzy -msgid "<ul><li> Allows taking of leases on files </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> Tillèt leige av filer </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Allows taking of leases on files </li>" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>" +"<li> Tillèt leige av filer </li>" +"</ul>" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -1305,10 +1565,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows \n" +"<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>" +"This tool allows \n" "you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Profilmodusoppsett</b><br>Med dette verktøyet kan \n" +"<p><b>Profilmodusoppsett</b><br>" +"Med dette verktøyet kan \n" "kan du velja anten klaga- eller tvingemodus for AppArmor-profil.</p>" #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37 @@ -1445,14 +1707,20 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse Notification:</b> \n" +"<p><b>Notification Types</b><br>" +" <b>Terse Notification:</b> \n" "Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without \n" -"providing details. <br>For example:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \n" +"providing details. <br>" +"For example:<br>" +" <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \n" "had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Varslingstyper</b><br> <b>Kort varsling:</b> \n" +"<p><b>Varslingstyper</b><br>" +" <b>Kort varsling:</b> \n" "Kort varsling angjev den totale mengda systemhendelser utan p \n" -"skildra dei nærare. <br>Til dømes:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com har \n" +"skildra dei nærare. <br>" +"Til dømes:<br>" +" <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com har \n" "hatt 10 sikkerhetshendelser sidan tir. 12. okt. 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44 @@ -1461,7 +1729,9 @@ "<p><b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays \n" "the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of \n" "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" -"<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" +"<br>" +"For example:<br>" +" <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" "active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "</p>" @@ -1469,7 +1739,9 @@ "<p><b>Sammendragsvarsling:</b> Sammendragsvarsling viser \n" "logga AppArmor-sikkerhetshendelser og angjev mengda for \n" "kvar enkelt hending, inkludert datoen for siste hending. \n" -"<br>Til dømes:<br> <tt>AppArmor: TILLATE tilgjenge til funksjonen \n" +"<br>" +"Til dømes:<br>" +" <tt>AppArmor: TILLATE tilgjenge til funksjonen \n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" "active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 gonger, siste gong lør. 9. okt. 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "</p>" @@ -1495,13 +1767,17 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<p>Verbose Notification also reports several messages that \n" -"the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br>\n" +"the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>" +"For example:<br>" +"\n" "<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to\n" "/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n" "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Detaljert varsling rapporterer òg ulike meldingar som \n" -"logprof-verktøyet brukar for å tolka profil. <br>Til dømes:<br>\n" +"logprof-verktøyet brukar for å tolka profil. <br>" +"Til dømes:<br>" +"\n" "<tt> 9. okt 15:40:31 AppArmor: TILLATE r tilgjenge til \n" "/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profil \n" "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork aktiv /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>" @@ -1615,18 +1891,24 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "The following help text describes the detail of the security profile \n" -"syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may \n" +"syntax used by AppArmor. <br>" +"<br>" +"At any stage, you may \n" "customize the profile entry by changing the suggested response. \n" "This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the \n" "Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step \n" -"instructions. <br><br>" +"instructions. <br>" +"<br>" msgstr "" "Dette er ei detaljert skildring av syntaksen som AppArmor brukar \n" -"for sikkerhetsprofiler. <br><br>Du kan når som helst \n" +"for sikkerhetsprofiler. <br>" +"<br>" +"Du kan når som helst \n" "tilpassa profiloppføringen ved å endra forslaget. \n" "Denne gjev deg tips om ulike val. \n" "Novells administrasjonsveiledning for AppArmor inneheld \n" -"trinn for trinn-anvisninger. <br><br>" +"trinn for trinn-anvisninger. <br>" +"<br>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy @@ -1833,8 +2115,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 #, fuzzy -msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" -msgstr "<li><b>*</b> kan vert i staden brukt for kva for teikn som helst, unntatt '/'<li>" +msgid "" +"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'" +"<li>" +msgstr "" +"<li><b>*</b> kan vert i staden brukt for kva for teikn som helst, unntatt '/'" +"<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 #, fuzzy @@ -1888,11 +2174,13 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<b>Capability Selection</b>.\n" -"<br>Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n" +"<br>" +"Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n" "Select a Capability name to see information about the capability." msgstr "" "<b>Val av eigenskapar</b>.\n" -"<br>Vel ynskte eigenskapar for denne profilen. \n" +"<br>" +"Vel ynskte eigenskapar for denne profilen. \n" "Vel namnet på ein eigenskap for å vise informasjon om eigenskapen." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62 @@ -2071,67 +2359,121 @@ msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>I dette skjemaet kan du visa og endra innhaldet i ein bestemd profil. \n" -"For eksisterande oppføringer kan du dobbeltklikke på rettane for å opne ein endringsdialog.<p>" +"For eksisterande oppføringer kan du dobbeltklikke på rettane for å opne ein endringsdialog." +"<p>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>Permission Definitions:</b><br><code> r - read <br> \n" -"w -write<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - file locking<br>\n" -"a - file append<br>x - execute<br> i - inherit<br> p - discrete profile<br>\n" -"P - discrete profile <br> (*clean exec)<br> u - unconstrained<br> \n" -"U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>" +"<p><b>Permission Definitions:</b><br>" +"<code> r - read <br>" +" \n" +"w -write<br>" +"l - link<br>" +"m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>" +"k - file locking<br>" +"\n" +"a - file append<br>" +"x - execute<br>" +" i - inherit<br>" +" p - discrete profile<br>" +"\n" +"P - discrete profile <br>" +" (*clean exec)<br>" +" u - unconstrained<br>" +" \n" +"U -unconstrained<br>" +" (*clean exec)</code></p>" msgstr "" -"<b>Rettighetsdefinisjoner:</b><br><code> r – read <br> \n" -"w -write<br>l – link<br>m – mmap PROT_eXEC<br>k – fila locking<br>\n" -"a – fila append<br>x – execute<br> i – inherit<br> p – discrete profile<br>\n" -"P – discrete profile <br> (*clean exec)<br> u – unconstrained<br> \n" -"U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>" +"<b>Rettighetsdefinisjoner:</b><br>" +"<code> r – read <br>" +" \n" +"w -write<br>" +"l – link<br>" +"m – mmap PROT_eXEC<br>" +"k – fila locking<br>" +"\n" +"a – fila append<br>" +"x – execute<br>" +" i – inherit<br>" +" p – discrete profile<br>" +"\n" +"P – discrete profile <br>" +" (*clean exec)<br>" +" u – unconstrained<br>" +" \n" +"U -unconstrained<br>" +" (*clean exec)</code></p>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Legg til oppføring:</b><br>Vel typen ressurs du vil leggja til frå, frå nedtrekkslisten.<p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>" +"Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Legg til oppføring:</b><br>" +"Vel typen ressurs du vil leggja til frå, frå nedtrekkslisten." +"<p>" #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "<p><ul><li><b>Fil</b><br>Legg til ein filoppføring i denne profilen</li>" +msgid "" +"<p>" +"<ul>" +"<li><b>File</b><br>" +"Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" +msgstr "" +"<p>" +"<ul>" +"<li><b>Fil</b><br>" +"Legg til ein filoppføring i denne profilen</li>" #. help text - part x2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 #, fuzzy -msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "<li><b>Katalog</b><br>Legg til ein katalogoppføring i denne profilen</li>" +msgid "" +"<li><b>Directory</b><br>" +"Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li><b>Katalog</b><br>" +"Legg til ein katalogoppføring i denne profilen</li>" #. help text - part x3 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 #, fuzzy -msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "<li><b>Eigenskap</b><br>Legg til ein egenskapsoppføring i denne profilen</li>" +msgid "" +"<li><b>Capability</b><br>" +"Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li><b>Eigenskap</b><br>" +"Legg til ein egenskapsoppføring i denne profilen</li>" #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" +"<li><b>Include</b><br>" +"Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" "includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li><b>Inkluder</b><br>Legg til ein inkluderingsoppføring i denne profilen. Med dette alternativet \n" +"<li><b>Inkluder</b><br>" +"Legg til ein inkluderingsoppføring i denne profilen. Med dette alternativet \n" "vert inkludert profiloppføringsinnholdet frå ein anna fil i denne profilen ved innlastingstidspunktet.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" +"<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>" +"Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" "This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li><b>Nettverksoppføring</b><br> Legg til ein nettverksregel for denne profilen. \n" +"<li><b>Nettverksoppføring</b><br>" +" Legg til ein nettverksregel for denne profilen. \n" "Med dette valet kan du definera nettverkstilgangen for profilen. \n" "Du kan angje ein nettverksadressefamilie og ein sokkeltype.</li>" @@ -2139,13 +2481,15 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" +"<li><b>Hat</b><br>" +"Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" "option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n" "aware</b> application. \n" "For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li><b>Paraply</b><br>Legg til ein underprofil for denne profilen – òg kalla ein paraply. \n" +"<li><b>Paraply</b><br>" +"Legg til ein underprofil for denne profilen – òg kalla ein paraply. \n" "Dette alternativet er det same som å manuelt oppretta ein ny profil som kan bara kan veljast \n" "under køyring når det vert etterspurt av eit <b>changehat aware</b>-program. \n" "Viss du vil ha meir informasjon om changehat, sjå manualsiden <b>changehat</b> \n" @@ -2154,24 +2498,40 @@ #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 #, fuzzy -msgid "</ul></p><p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>Edit the selected entry.</p>" -msgstr "</ul><p><p><b>Rediger oppføring:</b><br>Rediger henne valde oppføringen.<p>" +msgid "" +"</ul>" +"</p>" +"<p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>" +"Edit the selected entry.</p>" +msgstr "" +"</ul>" +"<p>" +"<p><b>Rediger oppføring:</b><br>" +"Rediger henne valde oppføringen." +"<p>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Slett oppføring:</b><br>Fjernar han valde oppføringen frå denne profilen.<p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>" +"Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Slett oppføring:</b><br>" +"Fjernar han valde oppføringen frå denne profilen." +"<p>" #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" +"<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>" +"The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" "and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" "that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" -"<p><b>*Clean exec</b><br>Valet clean exec for discrete-profilen \n" +"<p><b>*Clean exec</b><br>" +"Valet clean exec for discrete-profilen \n" "og uavgrensa kjørerettigheter aukar tryggleiken ved å fjerna spesifikke variablar frå miljøet \n" "som arvast av underprogrammet. Desse variablane er:" @@ -2305,11 +2665,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><h1>Application to Profile</h1>\n" +#~ "<p>" +#~ "<h1>Application to Profile</h1>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" #~ "information about system resources it accesses.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><h1>Program som skal ha en profil</h1>\n" +#~ "<p>" +#~ "<h1>Program som skal ha en profil</h1>" +#~ "\n" #~ "Vel programmet du vil profilera. Når du deretter køyrer programmet, vil AppArmor henta\n" #~ "informasjon om systemressursene programmet brukar.</p>" @@ -2339,12 +2703,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>Program Name Pattern:</b><br> When you enter a program name or pattern \n" +#~ "<b>Program Name Pattern:</b><br>" +#~ " When you enter a program name or pattern \n" #~ "that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of \n" #~ "interest, the report will display security events that have \n" #~ "occurred for a specific program.<br>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>Programnavnmønster:</b><br> Når du angjev eit programnavn eller mønster \n" +#~ "<b>Programnavnmønster:</b><br>" +#~ " Når du angjev eit programnavn eller mønster \n" #~ "som samsvarer med namnet på det den binære kjørbare fila for det \n" #~ "aktuelle programmet, vil rapporten visa sikkehetshendelser som har \n" #~ "funnest for eit bestemt program.<br>" @@ -2437,13 +2803,25 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ol><li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active.</li> \n" -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report.</li> \n" -#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters.</li></ol></p>" +#~ "<ol>" +#~ "<li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active.</li>" +#~ " \n" +#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report.</li>" +#~ " \n" +#~ " " +#~ "<li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters.</li>" +#~ "</ol>" +#~ "</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ol><li>Klikk <b>Filtrar etter dato-ormåde</b>. Feltane vert aktiverte.</li> \n" -#~ "<li>Angje start- og sluttdatoen for omfanget til rapporten.</li> \n" -#~ " <li>Angje andre filtreringsparametere. Parametrane er definerte nedanfor.</li></ol></p>" +#~ "<ol>" +#~ "<li>Klikk <b>Filtrar etter dato-ormåde</b>. Feltane vert aktiverte.</li>" +#~ " \n" +#~ "<li>Angje start- og sluttdatoen for omfanget til rapporten.</li>" +#~ " \n" +#~ " " +#~ "<li>Angje andre filtreringsparametere. Parametrane er definerte nedanfor.</li>" +#~ "</ol>" +#~ "</p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2518,14 +2896,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<p>The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the <b>View</b> button.<br><br> You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory.</p>" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the <b>View</b> button.<br>" +#~ "<br>" +#~ " You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory.</p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<p>I skjemaet Vis arkivrapporter kan du visa \n" #~ "tidlegare genererte rapportar som er lagra i katalogen /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. \n" #~ "Ved hjelp av avkryssingsboksene øvst kan du avgrensa rapportkategoriene \n" #~ "i lista til følgjande: SIR-rapportar, AUD-rapportar eller \n" #~ "ESS-rapportar. For å vise informasjon om rapportane, vel ein rapport og klikk på \n" -#~ "<b>Vise</b>-knappen.<br><br> Du kan visa rapportar frå eit eller fleire system viss \n" +#~ "<b>Vise</b>-knappen.<br>" +#~ "<br>" +#~ " Du kan visa rapportar frå eit eller fleire system viss \n" #~ "du flyttar rapportane til katalogen /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -2548,18 +2930,26 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li><b>Policy Exceptions:</b> When an application requests a resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<ul> " +#~ "<li><b>Policy Exceptions:</b> When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li>" +#~ " \n" #~ "<li><b>Policy Engine State Changes:</b> Enforces policy for applications and \n" #~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li>" +#~ "</ul>" +#~ " \n" #~ "Select the report from the archive, then <b>View</b> to see the report details.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul> <li><b>Unntak frå retningslinjer:</b> Ein sikkerhetshendelse vert genererte når eit program spør etter ein ressurs \n" -#~ "som ikkje er definert for denne profilen. </li> \n" +#~ "<ul> " +#~ "<li><b>Unntak frå retningslinjer:</b> Ein sikkerhetshendelse vert genererte når eit program spør etter ein ressurs \n" +#~ "som ikkje er definert for denne profilen. </li>" +#~ " \n" #~ "<li><b>Statusendring for sikkerhetssystem:</b> Gjennomfører retningslinjene for program \n" #~ "og opprettheld status, bl.a når systemet skal aktiverast/deaktiveres, når eit sett retningslinjer \n" -#~ "skal lastast på nytt og når ein global sikkerhetsfunksjon skal aktiverast eller deaktiveres. </li> </ul> \n" +#~ "skal lastast på nytt og når ein global sikkerhetsfunksjon skal aktiverast eller deaktiveres. </li>" +#~ " </ul>" +#~ " \n" #~ "Vel rapporten frå arkivet og klikk <b>Vis</b> for å sjå detaljert informasjon i rapporten.</p>" #, fuzzy @@ -2826,10 +3216,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<b>AppArmor Security Events</b><p>\n" +#~ "<b>AppArmor Security Events</b>" +#~ "<p>\n" #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<b>AppArmor sikkerhetshendelser</b><p>\n" +#~ "<b>AppArmor sikkerhetshendelser</b>" +#~ "<p>\n" #~ " Denne tabellen viser hendingar som samsvarer med dine søkekriterier." #, fuzzy @@ -3359,12 +3751,20 @@ #~ " \n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<h3>Security Incident Report - Generated by AppArmor</h3>\n" -#~ msgstr "<h3>Sikkerhetshendelsesrapport – generert av AppArmor</h3>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h3>Security Incident Report - Generated by AppArmor</h3>" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<h3>Sikkerhetshendelsesrapport – generert av AppArmor</h3>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "<h4>Period: %s - %s</h4>\n" -#~ msgstr "<h4>Periode: %s–%s</h4>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<h4>Period: %s - %s</h4>" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<h4>Periode: %s–%s</h4>" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "ag_reports_confined: Couldn't open %s for writing." @@ -3460,14 +3860,18 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<p><b>Generate Reports Help</b> <p>If there were, in fact, \n" +#~ "<p><b>Generate Reports Help</b> " +#~ "<p>If there were, in fact, \n" #~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.</p><p>Thank you for your time, \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.</p>" +#~ "<p>Thank you for your time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day.</p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p><b>Hjelp til å generera rapportar</b> <p>Viss det hadde \n" +#~ "<p><b>Hjelp til å generera rapportar</b> " +#~ "<p>Viss det hadde \n" #~ "vore nokon hjelpetekst (som ikkje kjem til å verta), så hadde \n" -#~ "du funne hjelpa her.<p> Takk for at du stakk innom, \n" +#~ "du funne hjelpa her." +#~ "<p> Takk for at du stakk innom, \n" #~ "og ha ein fin dag.</p>" #, fuzzy